Quarterlytics / Technology / Hardware, Equipment & Parts / Hammond Power Solutions

Hammond Power Solutions

hps-a · TSX Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker hps-a
Exchange TSX
Sector Technology
Industry Hardware, Equipment & Parts
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Hammond Power Solutions
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ELECTRIFICATION
Annual Report 2021

“ Our planet and life are 
underpinned by electric 
power and the expansion of 
electrification is accelerating. 
We hear it every day as 
companies and countries 
globally are looking to 
reduce their carbon footprint 
through the use  
of electrical power. ”

What’s Inside:
Electrification	

Business	Growth	

What	Transformers	Do	

2021	Highlights	

Where	We’re	Headed	

Strategic	Thinking	

CEO’s	Message	

Review	of	Operations	

1

3

4

6

8

10

13

14		

The	Numbers	

Management’s	Discussion		

				and	Analysis	

Audit	Report	

18

20

43		

Consolidated	Financial	Statements	

46

Notes	to	Consolidated		

				Financial	Statements	

Company	Information	

51	

100	

Passionate People
Electrifying a Better World

Electrification:	The	action	or	process	of	charging	something		
with	electricity;	the	conversion	of	a	machine	or	system		
to	the	use	of	electrical	power.

Transformers	 are	 the	 unsung	 heroes	 of	 the	

regulated	 the	 power	 all	 night	 long	 stepping	

modern	 world.	 They	 function	 quietly	 in	 the	

down	 the	 7,200	 volts	 to	 the	 240	 volts	 that	

background,	 working	 tirelessly,	 yet	 rarely	

your	household	electrical	service	requires.	

receiving	the	praise	they	deserve	for	keeping	

As	 you	 look	 at	 your	 phone	 to	 check		

society	 electrified	 and	 functioning	 each	 and	

the	 weather,	 the	 transformers	 in	 the	 data	

every	day.

centre	 housing	

that	 critical	 application	

Transformers	 affect	 nearly	 just	 about	

and	 data	 play	 a	 vital	 role	 in	 the	 monitoring	

every	 part	 of	 our	 daily	 lives,	 reducing	 or	

and	 metering	 of	 operations,	 ensuring	 that	

increasing	 the	 voltage	 of	 an	 alternating	

systems	 are	 kept	 up	 and	 running	 to	 deliver	

current	 in	 many	 industries	 and	 in	 many	

the	information	you	need	on	demand.	You’ll	

applications.

continue	 to	 benefit	 from	 the	 functioning	

It’s	 6:00am	 and	 your	 alarm	 goes	 off	

of	 these	 transformers	 as	 you	 go	 about	

signaling	the	start	of	your	day.	The	transformer	

your	 day	 from	 your	 home	 or	 away	 from		

on	the	power	line	feeding	into	your	home	has	

home	office.

1

ANNUAL REPORT 2021	
	
	
HPS Electrifies Communities

	 When	you	turn	the	key	in	your	vehicle	to	

As	 the	 world	

looks	 to	 replace	 the	

head	out	for	groceries	at	the	end	of	the	day,	

technologies	 that	 use	 fossil	 fuels	 with	

you	can	thank	the	transformer	on	the	oil	rig	

technologies	

that	 use	 electricity,	 HPS	

in	the	Atlantic	that	was	an	integral	part	in	the	

is	 meeting	

the	 electrification	 demand.	

operation	 to	 extract,	 process	 and	 store	 the	

Depending	on	the	resources	used	to	generate	

petroleum	and	natural	gas	that	lies	in	the	rock	

electricity,	 electrification	 can	 potentially	

2

formations	 beneath	 the	 seabed.	 Or	 perhaps	

reduce	 carbon	 dioxide	 (Co2)	 emissions	 from	

you	have	decided	to	go	electric,	quietly	pulling	

the	 transportation,	 building	 and	 industrial	

into	 the	 parking	 lot	 of	 the	 grocery	 store	 in	

sectors	which	account	for	about	63	percent	

your	electric	vehicle	and	into	a	spot	equipped	

of	 all	 United	 States	

(“U.S.”)	 greenhouse		

to	charge	your	car	while	you’re	filling	up	your	

gas	emissions.1

cart.	A	series	of	transformers	can	be	thanked	

The	 combination	 of	 our	

resilience,	

for	 ensuring	 that	 you	 are	 getting	 the	 right	

drive,	 decades	 of	 experience,	 commitment,	

power,	right	when	you	need	it.

engineering	

expertise,	

solid	

supplier	

As	the	day	draws	to	a	close	and	you	dim	

relationships,	 and	 a	 broad	 and	 unique	

the	 lights	 to	 wind	 down	 before	 bed,	 take	 a	

business	 perspective	 gained	 through	 our	

moment	 to	 thank	 the	 unsung	 transformer	

diverse	products,	customers	and	markets	are	

heroes	that	have	kept	your	day	electrified	–	

all	key	success	factors	critical	to	our	success	

working	quietly	behind	the	scenes	delivering	

in	2022	and	beyond.

the	power	you’ve	needed	when	you	needed	

it	–	every	time.

1	Source:	Electrification	101,	Kathryne	Cleary,	December	2019.	Data	from	EPA	“Inventory	of	US	Greenhouse	Gas	Emissions	and	
Sinks”	(2017)

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS 	
	
	
21Global Locations

1,400
Employees

$380M

Global Sales

~600,000

Units/Year

Business Growth

Sales	 through	 our	 expanded	 U.S.	 distributor	

pandemic.	In	addition,	we	are	seeing	significant	

network	 have	 been	 growing	 at	 the	 highest	 rate	

growth	and	future	opportunities	in	sectors	such	

we’ve	seen	as	the	U.S.	economy	recovers	from	the	

as	oil	and	gas,	mining,	and	data	centres.	

Sales Channel

Geographic Sales

3

12%
Private Label

24%
OEM

64%
Distribution

 $18,280

India

$130,184

Canada

$231,738

United	States/
Mexico

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

ANNUAL REPORT 2021Transformers are  
essential/multi-purpose/ubiquitous 
in all electrical grids

GENERATION
Transformers	step	up	power	for	

long	distance	transmission.

TRANSMISSION
Transmission	may	require	several	

transformers	based	on	distance	

and	voltage.

4

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS COMMERCIAL
Change	voltage	levels	to	supply	

electrical	loads	required.

DISTRIBUTION
Electricity	is	stepped	down	for	

delivery	along	distribution	lines.

RESIDENTIAL
Change	voltage	levels	to	

supply	electrical	loads	for	

consumption	in	residential	

settings.

INDUSTRIAL
Change	voltage	levels	to	

supply	electrical	loads	for	

specific	equipment.

5

ANNUAL REPORT 20212021 Highlights

6

HPS’ ERP System
The	implementation	of	a	company-wide	Enterprise	

Employee Health & Safety
In	2020	and	2021,	HPS	implemented	robust	health	

Resource	 Planning	 (“ERP”)	 system	 has	 allowed	

and	 safety	 precautions	 dedicated	 to	 providing	

HPS	 to	 enhance	 the	 availability	 and	 quality	 of	

a	 safe	 working	 environment	 for	 our	 employees	

information	 accessible	 to	 support	 operational	

while	 continuing	 to	 manufacture	 and	 serve	 our	

performance,	

improve	

customer	

service,	

customers	during	this	volatile,	unpredictable	time.	

supplement	 strategic	 decision	 making	 and	 audit	

As	an	essential	service,	the	Company	has	continued	

and	control	–	working	toward	providing	one	global,	

to	remain	operational	during	the	entire	pandemic	

integrated,	 consistent	 source	 of	

information	

to	 ensure	 our	 customers	 have	 the	 transformers	

and	 data.	 During	 Quarter	 2,	 2021	 the	 ERP		

they	 require	 to	 fulfill	 the	 many	 applications	 they	

system	 went	 live	 in	 our	 operation	 in	 Granby,		

are	purchased	for.

Quebec	 and	 represents	 the	 Company’s	 final	

operation	to	be	converted	to	the	platform.	

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS Data Centres
The	 global	 pandemic	 forced	 companies	 to	 work	

EV Charging Stations
To	recharge	an	electric	vehicle	(“EV”),	you	treat	it	

remotely	 and	 schools	 to	 teach	 remotely	 creating	

like	your	smartphone	–	just	plug	it	in	while	you’re	

more	 demand	 for	 rapid	 access	 to	 information	

not	 using	 it.	 EV	 owners	 are	 used	 to	 plugging	

from	 data	 centres.	 Maintaining	 the	 quality	 and	

their	 vehicles	 in	 when	 they	 can,	 as	 every	 hour	

availability	 of	 online	 services	 while	 at	 the	 same	

adds	 approximately	 40km	 back	 into	 the	 battery.	

time	 regulating	 the	 general	 increase	 in	 demand	

Why	 not	 have	 it	 filling	 up,	 while	 you’re	 going	 on	

is	 no	 simple	 task.	 Data	 centres	 not	 only	 ensure	

about	your	life?	One	Canadian	grocery	store	chain		

that	

information	 technology	

(“IT”)	 companies	

knows	 this,	 so	 they	 have	 committed	 to	 installing	

function	 smoothly	 but	 also	 society	 in	 general.	

Level	2	EV	charging	stations	in	90	of	their	locations	

HPS	 transformers	 are	 integral	 to	 this	 estimated		

integrating	 HPS	 transformers	 to	 regulate	 the	

$105.6	billion	by	2026	–	rapid	growth	industry.1

power	for	different	voltage	and	power	level	needs.

7

Hospital Infrastructure Growth

HPS	 transformers	 were	 specified	 by	 five	 of	 the	

largest	 hospital	 infrastructure	 projects	 in	 Canada	

and	 the	 U.S.	 in	 2021.	 HPS	 earned	 a	 “preferred	

supplier”	status	because	of	our	proven	track	record	

of	 delivering	 a	 high	 quality	 product,	 on	 time	 and	

within	budget	–	resulting	in	no	down	time.

1	www.mordorintelligence.com/industry-reports/service-market-for-data-center

ANNUAL REPORT 2021Where We’re Headed

8

HPS	is	in	on	the	ground	floor	of	expanding	

As	 companies	 refine	 ways	 to	 reach	 other	

energy	 needs,	 powering	 communities	

planets,	 HPS	 transformers	 power	 the	

when	 the	 load	 gets	 too	 heavy	 for	 the	

technology	 and	 systems	

to	 continue	

current	 infrastructure	 due	 to	 the	 increase	

advancement	in	these	areas.

of	internet	usage	or	when	they	experience	

the	 effects	 and	 devastation	 of	 extreme	

More	sustainable	technologies	that	reduce	

weather	events.

environmental	 impact	 are	 a	 must	 for	 the	

future	 of	 our	 planet,	 HPS	 is	 an	 integral	

Potted	transformers	used	in	high	efficiency	

part	of	the	power	process	of	new	breaking	

solar-powered	 bridge	 lighting	 have	 been	

technology	–	meeting	the	specifications	of		

specified	nationally	through	HPS	channels.	

the	innovators.

These	 low	 voltage	 tough-as-nails	 units	

operate	in	all	conditions	keeping	the	power	

We	are	poised	and	ready	to	meet	the	future	

on	even	when	the	weather	is	extreme.

needs	of	the	world’s	communities.

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS HPS Provides:

For our Customers
•	 Compliance	with	regulatory	requirements;

For our Shareholders
•	 Escalating	growth	of	the	distribution	channel;

•	 New	product	development	–	including	an		

•	 New	global	customers;

expanded	power	quality	offering;

•	 Expanded	relationships	with	existing	customers;

•	 Expanded	product	offering	using	cast		

•	 Capital	investment	in	North	American		

resin	technology;

	 manufacturing	facilities	in	Canada,	the	U.S.,		

•	

Superior	customer	service;

•	 Accurate	ship	on	time;	and	

India	and	Mexico;	

•	 Establishment	of	a	state-of-the-art	core		

•	 Competitive	pricing	for	our	products.

	 manufacturing	facility	in	Mexico;

•	 Strong	earnings	per	share,	solid	cash	generation;		

and	

•	 Quarterly	dividends	paid	with	an	attractive	yield.

For our Employees
•	 The	tools	to	facilitate	their	best	work;

•	

Space	and	time	for	innovation	and		

development;	

•	

Safety	in	the	workplace,	including	heightened	

protocols	during	the	COVID-19	pandemic;	and	

•	 Ability	for	remote	work,	where	able,	to	help		 	

	 manage	school	closures	and	health	concerns.

HPS’	strategic	vision	and	operational	initiatives		
support	our	industry	leadership,	operational	strength	
and	financial	stability	now	and	into	the	future.	

9

ANNUAL REPORT 2021	
	
	
	
	
	
Strategic Thinking

Our Purpose
We	are	passionate	people	energizing	a	better	world.

Our Vision
To	be	a	leading	global	supplier	of	transformers	and	magnetics	within	our	chosen	markets.

Our Mission
We	 are	 a	 growing	 and	 profitable	 global	 supplier	 of	 transformers	 and	 related	 magnetic	 products	

dedicated	to	satisfying	the	collective	needs	of	our	shareholders,	customers,	suppliers,	employees	and	

community.

Our Strategic Pillars

10

Customers 
and Markets

Operational and  
Financial Excellence

Drive	organic	growth	through	

Achieve	operational	excellence	via	

competitive	product	offering	and	

continuous	improvement	and	efficiency	

unparalleled	customer	experience,	and	

plays,	and	grow	revenue	/	EBITDA	with	

enhance	strategic	growth	via	acquisitions.

opportunistic	acquisitions	and	cost	

reduction	initiatives.

People
and Culture
Build	the	next	leadership	team,	and	be	a	

preferred	employer	due	to	our	clarity	of	

purpose	and	employee	value	proposition.

Sustainability

Design	energy-efficient	products;	

shrink	the	ecological	footprint	of	our	

operations	and	energize	the	world	

responsibly	for	generations	to	come.

HAMMOND	POWER	SOLUTIONS	

Our Values

We	value	the	safety	and	well-being	of	all	

We	expect	honesty, integrity and ethical behaviour	

We	 embrace	 diversity	 by	 nurturing	 an	 inclusive	 environment	 and	 treating	 everyone	 with	

dignity	and	respect

We	 promote	 innovation	 and	 a	 relentless	 pursuit	 of	 continuous	 improvement	 through	

teamwork

We	believe	in	a collaborative approach	to	social	and	environmental	sustainability

11

HPS Corporate Sustainability

Our	passion	for	sustainability	ensures	that	the	world	is	energized	today	for	future	generations	

to	 come.	 We	 commit	 to	 designing	 energy-efficient	 products;	 to	 shrinking	 the	 ecological	

footprint	 of	 our	 operations;	 and	 to	 developing	 a	 workplace	 which	 fosters	 inclusion	 and	

innovation.

Our 5 Pillars of Sustainability

1.	Economics

2.	People

3.	Community

4.	Environment

5.	Continuous	Improvement

ANNUAL REPORT 2021“ The demand for 
our transformers 
particularly in 
North America 
continues to accelerate 
and sales volumes 
have returned to 
pre-pandemic levels. ”

12

HAMMOND	POWER	SOLUTIONS	

To Our Shareholders

We	are	very	pleased	to	report	a	strong	year	of	
performance	given	the	challenging	and	volatile	
environment	that	we	faced	in	2021.	

We	 delivered	 sales	 growth	 of	 18%	 and	 earnings	

and	meet	the	needs	of	our	customers	that	made	

growth	 of	 almost	 8%	 during	 a	 year	 riddled	 with	

the	 difference.	 None	 of	 this	 would	 have	 been	

material	 shortages	 and	 supply	 chain	 delays,	

possible	 without	 the	 passion,	 engagement	 and	

unprecedented	 material	 cost	 increases,	 and	 an	

hard	work	of	our	employees.	I	would	like	to	take	

unpredicted	 resurgence	

in	 business	 from	 all	

this	opportunity	to	recognize	and	thank	not	only	

quarters,	 all	 the	 while	 managing	 through	 the	

our	employees	who	helped	to	make	2021	a	very	

challenges	created	by	two	new	variant	surges	of	

positive	 year,	 but	 also	 our	 valued	 suppliers	 who	

the	COVID-19	pandemic,	never	losing	sight	of	our	

did	their	best	during	very	difficult	times	to	support	

focus	 on	 customer	 service	 as	 well	 as	 the	 health	

our	plants	building	all	of	the	products	we	could	to	

and	well-being	of	our	employees.	

meet	our	growth	and	satisfy	our	distributors	and	

It	doesn’t	seem	that	long	ago	when	we	were	

customers.	

all	 dealing	 with	 the	 first	 wave	 of	 the	 COVID-19	

I	 believe	 that	 2022	 will	 be	 even	 better,	 yet	

pandemic	 as	 it	 washed	 over	 the	 world	 and	

unfortunately	 as	 I	write	 this,	 serious	 geopolitical	

13

caused	 a	 short	 but	 very	 severe	 global	 recession	

events	

in	 Eastern	 Europe	 are	 creating	 new	

in	2020.	The	significant	rebound	in	growth	in	late	

uncertainties	 while	 their	 effects	 on	 us	 and	 the	

2020	which	 accelerated	 in	2021	presented	both	

broader	global	economy	are	still	speculative.	But	

opportunities	 and	 challenges.	 The	 strengths	 and	

as	we	did	in	2020	and	2021,	I	believe	there	is	no	

capabilities	that	we	built	across	our	organization	

stronger	company	in	the	dry	transformer	business	

over	 the	 last	 decade	 helped	 HPS	 weather	 these	

that	 can	 weather	 these	 storms	 than	 Hammond	

storms	better	than	any	dry	transformer	company	

Power	 Solutions.	 	 We	 have	 a	 strong	 momentum	

in	 North	 America.	 Our	 diversity	 in	 geography,	

carrying	us	into	2022.																					

markets,	channels	and	products,	as	well	as	being	

the	biggest	in	our	business,	gave	Hammond	both	

tactical	 and	 strategic	 advantages.	 But	 through	

all	 of	 this,	 it	 was	 our	 focus	 on	 doing	 the	 best	

that	 we	 can	 under	 difficult	 circumstances	 to	 try	

William	G.	Hammond
CHAIRMAN	OF	THE	BOARD	&	CHIEF	EXECUTIVE	OFFICER

ANNUAL REPORT 2021	
	
Review of Operations

Over	the	last	five	years,	we	have	built	a	
business	with	greater	resilience	and	diversity.	

Over	the	last	two	years,	we	have	all	been	

the	 shortage	 of	 containers,	 shortages	 of	

tested	 by	 so	 many	 new	 and	 unexpected	

workers	and	COVID-19	outbreaks	shutting	

events.	It	has	been	a	very	challenging	time,	

ports	 down,	 coupled	 by	 the	 sheer	volume	

and	 I	 am	 hopeful	 that	 the	 worst	 of	 this	

of	 things	 moving	 around	 the	 world	 again,	

pandemic	 is	 behind	 us	 and	 we	 can	 move	

lengthy	 supply	 chain	 delays	 complicated	

onto	whatever	the	new	normal	looks	like.	

the	situation	even	more.	

After	the	global	recession	of	2020,	we	

Despite	 all	 of	 this,	 we	 were	 able	 to	

were	all	looking	for	a	better	2021.	Business	

increase	 our	 sales	 by	 18%	 and	 our	 net	

in	 many	 sectors	 started	 to	 rebound	 in	

earnings	 by	 almost	 8%	 over	 2020.	 I	 am	

the	last	part	of	2020	and	this	momentum	

very	 proud	 of	 our	 performance	 under	 the	

accelerated	into	2021.	I	don’t	think	any	of	

circumstances	 and	 feel	 that	 we	 are	 even	

us	were	expecting	the	new	challenges	that	

stronger	 after	 maneuvering	 through	 the	

came	 with	 the	 growing	 economy.	 Mines,	

crucible	of	the	last	two	years.	Much	of	this	

steel	 mills	 and	 factories	 across	 the	 world	

is	because	of	the	strategic	and	operational	

were	shut	down	during	the	severe	recession	

advantages	that	we	have	built	over	the	last	

of	2020.	As	the	first	wave	of	the	COVID-19	

decade	that	can	be	defined	by	one	word	-	

pandemic	 started	 to	 pass	 and	 the	 global	

diversification.	In	our	business,	there	is	no	

economy	came	to	life	again,	the	production	

other	dry	transformer	company	that	has	the	

of	 materials	 and	 components	 could	 not	

diversity	 of	 geographical	 markets,	 multiple	

catch	up	fast	enough.	These	issues	became	

plants	 in	 multiple	 countries,	 the	 diversity	

even	 more	 evident	 as	 growth	 accelerated	

of	 markets	 and	 channels,	 as	 well	 as	 the	

even	 more	 in	 2021,	 and	 if	 this	 wasn’t	

broadest	 range	 of	 dry	 transformers,	 both	

challenging	 enough,	 costs	 of	 everything	

custom	 and	 standard,	 of	 any	 competitor.	

began	 to	 increase	 as	well.	 In	 fact,	we	 had	

In	 addition	 to	 this,	 we	 also	 have	 a	 highly	

to	deal	with	the	greatest	inflation	we	have	

engaged	 and	 passionate	 employee	 culture	

experienced	in	over	40	years.	Then	on	top	

focused	on	doing	whatever	we	can	to	meet	

of	 this,	 for	 a	 variety	 of	 reasons	 such	 as	

the	needs	of	our	distributors	and	customers.	

14

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS 	
	
Growth	 in	 2021	 came	 from	 multiple	 geographies,	

capabilities	 and	 participate	 in	 the	 consolidation	 of	 the	

markets	 and	 channels.	 Our	 U.S.	 sales	 grew	 by	 16.8%,	

Mexican	 transformer	 industry.	 We	 have	 already	 seen	

in	 Canada	 we	 grew	 by	 19.3%,	 in	 India	 our	 sales	 grew	

keen	 interest	 from	 distributors,	 OEMs	 and	 building	

by	 24.4%,	 and	 by	 the	 end	 of	 2021	 we	 began	 to	 sell	

developers	 in	working	with	 Hammond	 –	 all	 supported	

transformers	 in	 Mexico	 and	 Latin	 America.	 Our	 U.S.	

from	our	facilities	and	staff	in	Monterrey.	We	see	very	

distributor	 channel	 continued	 to	 be	 a	 massive	 growth	

sizable	potential	and	growth	in	the	years	to	come	from	

engine	 for	 HPS.	 In	 the	 last	 two	 years	 we	 have	 added	

Mexico,	 Central	 America,	 selective	 countries	 in	 South	

over	400	new	distributor	branches	across	the	U.S.	–	and	

America	and	the	Caribbean.		

since	 2015	 we	 have	 added	 close	 to	 2,000.	 With	 this	

In	addition	to	growth	from	our	traditional	markets,	

large	network	of	distributors,	we	have	not	only	increased	

we	 are	 also	 starting	 to	 see	 new	 growth	 opportunities	

our	 market	 share	 but	 also	 been	 able	 to	 participate	 in	

from	our	expansion	into	power	quality.	For	many	years,	

new	 markets	 and	 applications	 as	 the	 North	 American	

we	 designed	 and	 built	 reactors	 for	 certain	 kinds	 of	

economy	has	come	back	to	life.	Much	of	this	growth	is	

power	quality	applications.	This	market	has	evolved	over	

the	result	of	the	superior	service	we	can	provide	from	

the	 last	 decade	 with	 the	 introduction	 of	 more	 active	

the	largest	and	broadest	inventory	of	transformers	from	

product	solutions	and	as	a	result,	we	decided	to	expand	

our	nine	regional	warehouses	across	North	America.		

our	 product	 offering	 and	 capabilities	 to	 broaden	 our	

	 With	 the	 global	 economy	 surging	 back	 and	 the	

participation	in	this	growing	market.	We	also	recognized	

increased	consumption	of	resources,	we	have	also	seen	

the	opportunity	to	take	advantage	of	our	relationships	

interest	 grow	 in	 our	 Original	 Equipment	 Manufacturer	

and	 scale	 in	 the	 North	 American	 distribution	 channel	

(“OEM”)	business	late	in	the	year.	As	part	of	this	growth,	

to	 grow	 and	 take	 market	 share	 from	 two	 established	

we	have	added	a	number	of	new	large	OEM	customers	

competitors	in	this	business.		One	of	the	ways	that	we	

building	 data	 centre	 systems	 for	 the	 North	 American	

have	done	this	is	through	the	acquisition	of	a	company	

market	as	well	as	new	oil	drilling	technology	being	used	

called	 Mesta	 located	 near	 Pittsburgh,	 Pennsylvania	 in	

in	the	Middle	East.	

2021.	 This	 small	 but	 highly	 profitable	 company	 builds	

15

This	 growth,	 be	 it	 through	 our	 distributor	 channel	

a	line	of	specialized	active	filter	systems	which	will	help	

or	direct	to	our	OEM	customers,	is	coming	from	a	broad	

us	 broaden	 our	 power	 quality	 experience	 and	 product	

range	of	markets.	They	include	new	emerging	markets	

capabilities.	They	are	also	involved	in	producing	a	line	of	

like	Electric	Vehicle	(“EV”)	recharging,	solar	and	energy	

products	used	in	the	induction	heating	business	or	more	

storage,	 data	 centers,	 distribution	 centers,	 oil	 and	 gas	

simply	put	furnaces	that	melt	silica	for	the	production	

pumping,	 pipeline	 expansions,	 mining	 equipment,	

of	 computer	 chips.	This	 particular	 market	 is	very	 busy	

condominium	construction,	hospitals,	transit	expansions,	

right	now	given	the	expansion	of	chip	manufacturing	in	

new	 naval	 ship	 construction,	 elevator	 manufacturers	

North	America	and	Europe.	

and	factory	expansions.		

Through	all	of	this	growth,	we	have	had	to	deal	with	

As	 mentioned	 earlier	 in	 2021,	 after	 a	 delay	 of	

the	greatest	inflationary	pressures	since	the	1970’s.	This	

almost	 two	years	 caused	 by	 the	 COVID-19	 pandemic,	

has	resulted	in	multiple	and	significant	cost	increases	in	

HPS	started	to	market	and	sell	our	products	in	Mexico	

core	steel,	copper	and	aluminum	conductors,	enclosures,	

and	 Latin	 America.	 With	 three	 plants	 in	 Monterrey	

packaging	 and	 everything	 in	 between	 that	 goes	 into	

and	 a	 highly	 engaged	 and	 enthusiastic	 group	 of	

building	 transformers.	 During	 2021,	 we	

increased	

managers	 and	 employees,	we	 believe	 that	 HPS	 is	well	

our	 prices	 four	 times	 in	 an	 effort	 to	 recoup	 our	 cost	

positioned	 to	 take	 advantage	 of	 our	 broad	 product	

increases.	 Despite	 these	 price	 increases	 throughout	

ANNUAL REPORT 2021	
	
	
	
	
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS

the	 year,	 we	 were	 at	 times	 not	 able	 to	 recover	 some	

remain	 cautious	 about	 investing	 in	 new	 plants	 until	

costs	that	were	rising	faster	than	expected.	In	the	end	

we	 understand	 and	 feel	 more	 comfortable	 about	 how	

because	 of	 all	 of	 this,	 our	 gross	 margins	 did	 not	 grow	

the	 global	 economy	 may	 perform	 through	 the	 current	

as	 much	 as	we	would	 have	 expected	 given	 the	 higher	

uncertainty	in	the	years	ahead.				

volumes	 during	 the	 year.	As	 an	 organization	 however,	

	 We	 were	 also	 very	 active	 in	 a	 variety	 of	 ways	

we	 reacted	 with	 greater	 speed	 and	 agility	 than	 ever	

to	

improve	 the	 talent	 and	 engagement	 of	 our	

before	to	these	cost	increases,	projecting	them	forward	

employees	 across	 the	 organization.	 This	 included	 the	

as	 best	 as	 possible,	 and	 implementing	 multiple	 price	

implementation	 of	 our	 new	 HRMS,	 as	 well	 as	 a	 new	

increases.	I	firmly	believe	that	our	margins	would	have	

leadership	 development	 program	 and	 broadening	 the	

been	 more	 adversely	 affected	 if	 we	 hadn’t	 acted	 with	

talent	depth	across	the	organization	in	concert	with	our	

such	 speed	 and	 aggressiveness.	 I	 would	 also	 like	 to	

formal	succession	planning	process.		

recognize	the	tremendous	time	and	effort	of	our	supply	

And	in	order	to	improve	how	we	align	and	manage	all	

chain	employees	working	with	our	suppliers	to	expand	

business	functions	in	the	Company,	we	began	a	project	

our	 allocations,	 looking	 for	 substitute	 materials	 and	

to	 design	 and	 implement	 a	 formal	 process	 to	 drive	

components	where	possible,	as	well	as	trying	their	best	

continuous	improvement	of	management	and	business	

to	keep	the	containers	of	materials	and	products	moving	

practices.	 Corporations	 that	 have	 these	 management	

from	Europe	and	China	to	North	America.			

systems	 in	 place	 improved	 efficiencies,	 reduced	waste	

During	

the	 year	 we	 made	 some	 significant		

and	costs,	improved	communication	and	alignment	and	

investments	

in	

systems	 and	 equipment	 across	

ultimately	 drive	 better	 customer	 service	 and	 financial	

the	 organization.	 Like	 most	 companies,	 we	 had	 to	

performance.	 We	 are	 continuing	 to	 design	 and	 plan	

quickly	 expand	 and	 improve	 a	 myriad	 of	 capabilities	

to	roll	out	an	initial	version	of	the	Hammond	Business	

to	 allow	 remote	 working	 by	 most	 of	 our	 salaried	

System	in	2022	before	implementing	it	more	fully	and	

employees.	 We	

invested	 time	 and	 money	

into	 a	

across	all	locations	at	the	beginning	of	2023.

16

variety	 of	 business	 system	 improvements	 including	 the	

Given	our	goal	of	growing	sales	and	expanding	our	

continued	 implementation	 of	 our	 global	 ERP	 platform	

market	 penetration,	we	 engaged	 on	 multiple	 fronts	 to	

upgrade	 across	 all	 locations,	 a	 new	 Human	 Resource		

try	 and	 acquire	 one	 or	 more	 companies	 in	 2021.	 One	

Management	

System,	

(“HRMS”),	

electrical	

and		

was	 a	 competitor,	 one	 was	 in	 a	 different	 segment	 of	

mechanical	 design	 automation,	 as	 well	 as	 shop	 floor	

the	 electrical	 business	 and	 one	was	 the	 power	 quality	

information	automation	And	lastly,	we	began	to	evaluate	

company	 called	 Mesta.	 We	 were	 only	 successful	 in	

new	 Customer	 Relationship	 Management	 (“CRM”)	 tool	

acquiring	 Mesta.	 But	we	 have	 recently	 engaged	 a	 U.S.	

and	 price	 management	 systems	 that	 would	 improve	

M&A	 firm	 in	 2022	 to	 help	 us	 look	 for	 and	 hopefully	

the	 flow	 of	 information	 and	 decision	 making	 across		

succeed	in	acquiring	a	company	and	business	that	will	

the	Company.	

help	us	grow	and	further	diversify	in	the	decade	ahead.		

In	addition	to	business	systems,	we	also	invested	in	

I	would	 like	 to	 point	 out	 that	we	 accomplished	 all	

new	equipment	to	expand	the	capacity	of	our	existing	

of	the	above	during	a	year	when	we	had	no	choice	but	

facilities	 in	 order	 to	 handle	 the	 increased	 growth	 rate.	

to	deal	with	the	challenges	and	uncertainty	created	by	

This	included	equipment	investments	in	our	Walkerton,	

this	 ongoing	 pandemic.	 Like	 all	 companies,	 we	 had	 to	

Ontario	 plant,	 our	 Mexican	 plants,	 as	 well	 as	 our	

manage	through	two	new	COVID-19	pandemic	variants	

operations	in	India.	Our	goal	is	to	maximize	the	output	

that	 swept	 across	 our	 communities	 causing	 higher	

from	 our	 seven	 existing	 North	 American	 plants	 and	

absenteeism	and	ever	changing	restrictions	depending	

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS 	
	
	
	
	
	
	
on	 the	 country,	 province,	 state	 and	 health	 district	you	

We	 are	 the	 dominant	 North	 American	

leader	

in		

were	 located	 in.	 We	 happen	 to	 have	 operations	 in	

dry-type	transformers,	and	we	are	one	of	the	largest	and	

four	 countries,	 two	 provinces,	 four	 states,	 and	 eight	

most	 profitable	 companies	 in	 this	 business	worldwide.	

local	 health	 districts	 –	 all	 with	 differing	 policies	 and	

Our	 superior	 service,	 scale	 and	 product	 quality	 gives	

guidelines.	 I	 am	 proud	 to	 say	 that	we	were	 successful	

us	 premium	 pricing	 power.	 We	 have	 a	 hard	 working	

in	our	most	important	goal	of	protecting	the	health	and	

and	 passionate	 employee	 culture.	 We	 are	 committed	

safety	 of	 our	 employees	 over	 the	 last	 two	 years,	 and	

to	 continuous	

innovation	 and	

investment	

in	 the	

during	this	time	did	not	have	to	shut	down	any	of	our	

transformer	business.	We	have	a	relentless	focus	on	our	

North	American	plants	due	to	infections.	Unfortunately,	

customers	and	their	needs.	All	of	this	is	the	foundation	

our	 Indian	 plants	 were	 forced	 to	 shut	 down	 in	 2020	

of	our	industry	leading	reputation	and	success.			

and	 2021	 for	 a	 period	 of	 time	 due	 to	 a	 country-wide	

	 We	 are	 very	 proud	 of	 our	 performance	 in	 2021	

order	that	closed	all	companies.	Despite	all	these	new	

and	the	Company	we	have	built	over	the	last	21	years.	

challenges,	we	still	accomplished	so	much	without	ever	

Nothing	seems	easy	anymore	given	what	has	happened	

losing	focus	on	doing	whatever	we	could	to	service	the	

just	 in	 the	 last	 two	 years,	 but	 we	 remain	 cautiously	

needs	 of	 our	 distributors	 and	 customers.	 This	 makes	

optimistic	 about	 our	 future	 as	 we	 navigate	 an	 even	

2021	an	even	more	impressive	year	in	my	opinion.				

more	challenging	external	landscape.																																																																			

	 We	 entered	 2022	 with	 great	 optimism	 as	 the	

strong	 momentum	 of	 2021	 spilled	 over	 into	 the	 new	

year.	 Backlog	 is	 at	 the	 highest	 levels	 we	 have	 ever		

experienced.	 I	 believe	 that	 we	 are	 going	 to	 have	 an	

even	stronger	year	of	growth	in	sales	and	profitability,	

but	our	crystal	ball	has	become	a	little	murkier	with	the	

disturbing	 events	 unfolding	 in	 Eastern	 Europe	 –	 with	

the	 vast	 majority	 of	 our	 business	 disconnected	 from	

the	events	and	impacts	of	what	is	currently	happening	

in	 Europe.	 However,	 the	world	 order	 has	 been	 shaken	

by	these	events	and	we	need	to	be	mindful	of	how	this	

situation	 effects	 the	 global	 economy	 going	 forward	

particularly	in	2023	and	2024.	

	 Over	 the	 last	 five	 years,	 we	 have	 built	 a	 business	

with	greater	resilience	and	diversity.	We	are	a	105-year-

old	company	now	serving	more	than	4,000	distributor	

branches	 and	 OEM	 customers	 worldwide	 –	 shipping	

over	600,000	units	a	year	from	our	21	global	locations.	

We	 are	 in	 the	 electrification	 business	 and	 our	 planet	

and	life	are	underpinned	by	electric	power.	Hammond	

will	benefit	from	not	only	the	growth	of	the	traditional	

electrical	

infrastructure	 but	 also	 new	 trends	

like	

expansion	 of	 the	 smart	 grid,	 the	 accelerating	 move	

towards	 EVs,	 renewable	 energy	 and	 energy	 storage.	

17

ANNUAL REPORT 2021Consolidated Sales*

(in thousands of dollars)

Geographic Sales

(in thousands of dollars)

$301,750
$301,750

$314,082

$358,782
$358,782

$322,097

$380,202

U.S.	

$174,479	 $197,860	 $225,709	

$198,324	 $231,738

Canada	

$84,325	

$93,641	

$116,996	

$109,080	 $130,184

India	

Italy*	

$25,722	

$22,581	

$16,077	

$14,693	

$18,280

$17,224

2017
2017

2018
2018

2019

2020

2021

*	2017	not	restated	to	reflect	discontinued	operations

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

*	2017	not	restated	to	reflect	discontinued	operations

18
18

COVID-19 
Business Update

HPS	is	committed	to	managing	the	impact	the	
pandemic	will	have	on	its	financial	performance	
through:

•	 Robust	health	and	safety	precautions;

•	 A	dedication	to	providing	a	safe	working	environment		

for	our	employees;	and

•	 Continuing	to	serve	our	customers	during	this	

	 volatile	and	unpredictable	time.

HPS has performed 
very well during 
these erratic and 
unpredictable 
times and remains 
steadfast in its 
execution of its 
operational and 
strategic plans.

HAMMOND	POWER	SOLUTIONS	

	
Gross Margin %*

25.6%

23.2%

24.5%

27.0%

26.9%

Basic Earnings (Loss)* 
Per Share

(in dollars)

$0.53

$(1.10)

$0.99

$1.20

$1.29

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

*	2017	not	restated	to	reflect	discontinued	operations

*	2017	not	restated	to	reflect	discontinued	operations

EBITDA*+

(in thousands of dollars)

Net Operating (Debt)  
Cash*+ to Equity

$23,069

$17,915

$28,175

$29,482

$30,114

(0.15)

(0.16)

(0.08)

(0.01)

0.01

19
19

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

+	

*	2017	not	restated	to	reflect	discontinued	operations

*	2017	not	restated	to	reflect	discontinued	operations

Non-GAAP	financial	measure,	refer	to	page	21	of	the	annual	report

Non-GAAP	financial	measure,	refer	to	page	21	of	the	annual	report

+	

HAMMOND	POWER	SOLUTIONS	

ANNUAL REPORT 2021Management’s Discussion  
and Analysis

I	am	very	proud	of	the	overall	performance	of	
our	Company	during	the	most	challenging	global	
environment	since	the	Great	Depression.	

Hammond	 Power	 Solutions	 Inc.	 (“HPS”	 or	

March	24,	2022.	All	amounts	in	this	report	

the	 “Company”)	 is	 a	 leader	 in	 the	 design	

are	 expressed	 in	 thousands	 of	 Canadian	

and	 manufacture	 of	 custom	 electrical	

dollars	unless	otherwise	noted.	Additional	

engineered	 magnetics,	 standard	 electrical	

information	 relating	 to	 the	 Company	 may	

dry-type,	 cast	 resin	 and	

liquid	 filled	

be	 found	 on	 SEDAR’s	 website	 at	 www.

transformers.	

Advanced	

engineering	

sedar.com	or	on	the	Company’s	website	at	

capabilities,	high	quality	products	and	fast	

www.hammondpowersolutions.com.	

responsive	 service	 to	 customers’	 needs	

have	established	the	Company	as	a	technical	

and	 innovative	 manufacturer	 serving	 the	

Caution regarding forward-looking  
information

electrical	 and	 electronic	 industries.	 The	

Company	 has	 manufacturing	 plants	

in	

Canada,	the	United	States	(“U.S.”),	Mexico,	

and	India.

The	

following	

is	 Management’s	

Discussion	 and	 Analysis	

(“MD&A”)	 of	

the	 Company’s	 consolidated	 financial	

position	 and	 performance	 for	 the	 years	

ended	 December	 31,	 2021	 and	 2020,	

and	 should	 be	

read	

in	 conjunction	

with	

the	 accompanying	 Consolidated	

Financial	 Statements	 of	 the	 Company	

as	 at	 December	 31,	 2021	 and	 2020,	

which	 have	 been	 prepared	 in	 accordance	

with	

International	 Financial	 Reporting	

Standards	

(“IFRS”).	 This	

information	

is	

based	 on	 Management’s	 knowledge	 as	 at	

This	 MD&A	 contains	

forward-looking	

statements	 that	 involve	 a	 number	 of	 risks	

and	uncertainties,	including	statements	that	

relate	to	among	other	things,	HPS’	strategies,	

intentions,	plans,	beliefs,	expectations	and	

estimates,	 and	 can	 generally	 be	 identified	

by	 the	 use	 of	 words	 such	 as	 “may”,	

“will”,	 “could”,	 “should”,	 “would”,	 “likely”,	

“expect”,	 “intend”,	 “estimate”,	 “anticipate”,	

“believe”,	“plan”,	“objective”	and	“continue”	

and	 words	 and	 expressions	 of	 similar	

import.	 	 	 Although	 HPS	 believes	 that	 the	

expectations	 reflected	 in	 such	 forward-

looking	 statements	 are	 reasonable,	 such	

statements	involve	risks	and	uncertainties,	

and	undue	reliance	should	not	be	placed	on	

such	 statements.	 Certain	 material	 factors	

20

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS 	
or	 assumptions	 are	 applied	 in	 making	 forward-looking	

operations,	 EBITDA	 and	 Adjusted	 EBITDA	 to	 net	

statements,	 and	 actual	 results	 may	 differ	 materially	

earnings	 for	 the	years	 ended	 December	 31,	 2021	 and	

from	 those	 expressed	 or	 implied	 in	 such	 statements.	

December	 31,	 2020	 is	 contained	 within	 this	 MD&A.	

Important	 factors	 that	 could	 cause	 actual	 results	 to	

Earnings	 from	 operations,	 EBITDA	 and	 Adjusted	

differ	materially	from	expectations	include	but	are	not	

EBITDA	should	not	be	construed	as	a	substitute	for	net	

limited	 to:	 general	 business	 and	 economic	 conditions	

earnings	determined	in	accordance	with	IFRS.	

(including	but	not	limited	to	currency	rates);	changes	in	

“Order	 bookings”	 represent	 confirmed	 purchase	

laws	and	regulations;	legal	and	regulatory	proceedings;	

orders	 for	 goods	 or	 services	 received	 from	 our	

and	the	ability	to	execute	strategic	plans.	HPS	does	not	

customers.	“Backlog”	represents	all	unshipped	customer	

undertake	any	obligation	to	update	publicly	or	to	revise	

orders.	“Book	value	per	share”	is	the	total	shareholders’	

any	 of	 the	 forward-looking	 statements	 contained	 in	

equity	divided	by	the	average	outstanding	shares.	The	

this	document,	whether	as	a	result	of	new	information,	

terms	 “earnings	 from	 operations”,	 “EBITDA”,	 “adjusted	

future	events	or	otherwise,	except	as	required	by	law.

EBITDA”,	“order	bookings”,	“backlog”	and	“book	value	per	

share”	do	not	have	any	standardized	meaning	prescribed	

Additional GAAP and Non-GAAP measures

within	 IFRS	 and	 therefore	 may	 not	 be	 comparable	 to	

This	 document	 uses	

the	

terms	

“earnings	

from	

similar	measures	presented	by	other	companies.

operations”	 which	 represents	 earnings	 before	 finance	

The	 Company’s	 2021	 consolidated	 financial	

and	 other	 costs/(income)	 and	 income	 taxes.	 “EBITDA”	

statements,	 which	

comprise	

the	

consolidated		

is	also	used	and	is	defined	as	earnings	before	interest,	

statements	 of	 financial	 position	 as	 at	 December	 31,		

taxes,	depreciation	and	amortization.	Adjusted	EBITDA	

2021	 and	 December	 31,	 2020,	 the	 consolidated	

represents	EBITDA	adjusted	for	foreign	exchange	gain	

statements	 of	 operations,	 comprehensive	

income,	

or	loss.	Net	cash	or	net	indebtedness	is	defined	as	the	

changes	 in	 equity	 and	 cash	 flows	 for	 the	years	 ended	

bank	 operating	 lines	 of	 credit	 net	 of	 cash	 and	 cash	

December	31,	2021	and	December	31,	2020,	and	Notes	

equivalents.	Net	income	taxes	payable	or	receiveable	is	

thereto,	have	been	prepared	under	IFRS.	

21

defined	as	current	income	taxes	receiveable	less	current	

income	 taxes	 payable.	 Operating	 earnings,	 EBITDA	

Overview

and	 Adjusted	 EBITDA	 are	 some	 of	 the	 measures	 the	

With	an	established	global	market	presence	and	a	focus	

Company	uses	to	evaluate	the	operational	profitability.		

on	 market	 growth,	 HPS	 is	 positioned	 as	 a	 transformer	

Net	 cash	 or	 net	 indebtedness	 and	 net	 income	 taxes	

industry	 leader	 providing	 standard	 and	 custom	 order	

payable	or	receivable	are	measures	the	Company	uses	to	

solutions,	 a	 broad	 product	 offering,	 market	 access	

evaluate	balance	sheet	strength.	The	Company	presents	

through	 multiple	 sales	 channels,	 outstanding	 quality	

EBITDA	to	show	its	performance	before	interest,	taxes	

products	 and	 exceptional	 service.	 The	 Company’s	

and	 depreciation	 and	 amortization.	 Management	

operational	 initiatives	 and	 strategic	 vision	 culminate	

believes	that	HPS	shareholders	and	potential	investors	

to	 achieve	 these	 competitive	 differentiators.	 	 As	 an	

in	 HPS	 use	 additional	 GAAP	 and	 non-GAAP	 financial	

essential	 service	 business	 HPS	 has	 been	 allowed	 to	

measures,	 such	 as	 operating	 earnings,	 net	 cash	 or	 net	

continue	 to	 operate	 during	 the	 global	 coronavirus	

indebtedness,	 net	 income	 taxes	 payable/receivable,	

(“COVID-19”)	pandemic.	HPS	has	continued	to	produce	

EBITDA	 and	 Adjusted	 EBITDA	 in	 making	 investment	

transformers	 for	 our	 customers	 throughout	 the	 entire	

decisions	 about	 the	 Company	 and	 to	 measure	 its	

pandemic	 period	 while	 also	 supporting	 and	 ensuring	

operational	 results.	 A	 reconciliation	 of	 earnings	 from	

employee	safety	during	this	time.	

ANNUAL REPORT 2021DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED	
	
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Demand	for	our	product	is	increasing,	and	in	2021	

efficient,	 diverse	 transformers	 and	 related	 magnetic	

we	 realized	 our	 highest	 annual	 revenues	 in	 company	

products.	 The	 Company’s	 alignment	 of	 its	 operational	

history.	 HPS’	 customers	 and	 end-users	 operate	 in	 a	

initiatives	 and	 strategic	 vision	 enhances	

these	

variety	of		industries	and	the	varying	levels	of	economic	

competitive	differentiators.	HPS	has	a	well-established	

activity	within	 those	 industries	will	 have	 an	 impact	 on	

and	growing	market	presence	and	a	focus	on	continued	

HPS’	overall	sales.		During	2021,	we	saw	activity	in	the	

growth	 through	 current	 and	 new	 customers	 and	

project	and	industrial	markets	increase,	which	are	sectors	

products.	 The	 Company	 has	 a	 strong	 financial	 footing	

that	had	stalled	when	the	pandemic	began	in	2020.	The	

that	allows	for	continued	focus	on	market	share	growth.	

Canadian	lockdown	imposed	in	early	2020	and	again	in	

The	 Company’s	 broad	 global	 footprint	 provides	 a	

early	2021	impacted	several	of	our	markets.	While	the	

gateway	to	new	technologies,	customers	and	markets.	

impact	of	mandated	lockdowns	in	our	customer	markets	

These	 strengths	 are	 important	 to	 future	 revenue	 and	

has	diminished,	there	are	lingering	impacts	as	a	result	of	

earnings	growth.	

supply	chain	disruptions	and	rapid	inflation.

Technology	 and	 know-how	 obtained	 through	

	 With	 our	 sales	 dollar	 increase	 came	 continued	

acquisitions	 have	 allowed	 the	 Company	 to	 accelerate	

market	share	growth.	The	Company	continued	to	take	

the	 product	 research	 and	 development	 program	 of	 its	

market	 share	 in	 North	 America,	 particularly	 through	

cast	resin	transformer	technology,	which	is	now	utilized	

its	 North	 American	 Electrical	 Distributor	 (“NAED”)	

in	 several	 HPS	 facilities.	 The	 most	 recent	 acquisition	

channel.	 	 In	 response	 to	 rising	 material	 and	 logistic	

of	 Mesta	 Electronics	 Inc.	 has	 expanded	 HPS’	 offering	

costs,	 we	 implemented	 several	 price	 increases	 during	

into	 standard	 and	 custom	 active	 filter	 and	 induction	

2021.	 These	 increases,	 coupled	 with	 strong	 organic	

heating	products.	Mesta	shares	an	excellent	reputation	

growth,	 lifted	 sales,	 bookings	 and	 backlog,	 particularly	

for	 product	 quality,	 design	 and	 reliability.	 Mesta	 not	

towards	 the	 end	 of	 2021.	 Other	 significant	 drivers	 of	

only	expands	HPS’	U.S.	presence	but	also	broadens	our	

sales	 and	 profitability	 in	 2021	 were	 a	 sales	 mix	 shift	

power	 solutions	 product	 offering	 and	 manufacturing	

22

towards	 the	 distribution	 channel,	 the	 effectiveness	 of	

capabilities	in	power	quality	solutions.	

price	increases	in	our	OEM	and	private	label	channels,	

Looking	 forward,	 in	 an	 effort	 to	 deliver	 resilient	

higher	 fixed	 cost	 absorption,	 the	 Canadian	 Emergency	

financial	performance,	HPS	continues	to	concentrate	on	

Wage	Subsidy	(“CEWS”)	benefit	and	cost	reductions.	

future	sales	growth,	additional	gross	margin	generation	

The	Company	has	incurred	significant	costs	related	

and	 operational	 improvement.	 Globally	 in	 the	 U.S.,	

to	 COVID-19	 to	 ensure	 the	 safety	 of	 our	 employees.	

Canada	and	Asia,	HPS	is	well	situated	to	grow	electrical	

HPS	has	been	fortunate	that	there	have	been	a	limited	

industry	market	share	and	it	continues	to	be	a	leader	in	

number	 of	 cases	 impacting	 our	 employees	 and	 their	

the	markets	it	serves.	In	2021,	we	began	our	expansion	

families	to	date.	We	continue	to	ensure	our	efforts	do	

of	sales	efforts	into	Mexico,	with	the	addition	of	sales	

not	 waiver	 as	 the	 length	 of	 the	 pandemic	 continues	

and	 marketing	 resources,	 and	 corporate	 infrastructure	

to	 extend.	 HPS’	 health	 and	 safety	 practices,	 including	

to	support	this	important	new	market.

remote	work	where	possible,	have	allowed	the	Company	

The	 Company	 continues	 to	 build	 market	 presence	

to	 continue	 to	 operate	 during	 the	 pandemic,	 ensuring	

through	 its	 product	 capabilities,	 product	 quality,	 cost	

business	 continuity	 and	 supplying	 our	 customers	 with	

effectiveness,	 service,	 channel	 development	 and	

the	products	they	need.	

geographical	 market	 expansion.	 	 Booking	 rates	 and	

HPS’	 history	 of	 success	 is	 achieved	 through	 its	

backlog	have	increased	in	2021	and	are	strong	moving	

commitment	 to	 producing	 quality,	 innovative,	 energy	

into	 2022.	 The	 benefit	 of	 the	 HPS	 diversified	 market	

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS 	
	
	
	
	
	
approach	 allows	 for	 the	 capitalization	 of	 growth	 in	

$322,097	 in	 2020,	 a	 significant	 increase	 of	 $58,105		

expanding	 market	 segments,	 while	 counterbalancing	

or	18.0%.

the	 impact	 of	 cyclical	 market	 declines.	 A	 portion	 of	

U.S.	 and	 Mexico	 market	 sales	 (stated	 in	 Canadian	

annual	sales	are	derived	from	major	customer	projects,	

dollars)	 were	 $231,738,	 an	 increase	 of	 $33,414,	 or	

for	 which	 exact	 timing	 continues	 to	 be	 difficult	 to	

16.8%,	compared	to	2020	sales	of	$198,324.		U.S.	and	

predict	 and	 will	 influence	 quarterly	 sales	 fluctuations.		

Mexico	 sales,	 (stated	 in	 U.S.	 dollars),	 have	 increased	

Order	 booking	 rates	 continue	 to	 grow	 in	 strategic		

from	 $147,561	 in	 2020	 to	 $184,900	 in	 2021,	 an	

target	 markets	 delivering	 additional	 market	 share	

increase	 of	 $37,339	 or	 25.3%.	 Sales	 were	 negatively	

penetration,	 new	 account	 development	 and	 expansion	

impacted	 by	 the	 weakening	 of	 the	 U.S.	 dollar	 relative	

of	organic	sales.	

to	 the	 Canadian	 dollar	 versus	 2020.	 The	 average	 U.S.	

The	Company	maintains	a	strong	and	stable	balance	

to	Canadian	exchange	rate	for	2021	was	$1.253	versus	

sheet	and	excellent	liquidity	supported	by	a	committed	

$1.343	in	2020,	a	U.S.	dollar	weakening	of	6.7%.		The	

credit	 facility	 available	 to	

implement	

investment	

2021	U.S.	sales	at	prior	year	exchange	rates	would	have	

strategies,	 operational	 plans	 and	 advance	 growth	

been	$16,142	or	7.0%	higher	at	$247,880.

initiatives.	 The	 Company’s	 North	 American	 credit	

The	 U.S.	 market	 experienced	 significant	 increases	

agreement	 was	 renegotiated	 in	 2021	 and	 matures	 in	

in	 the	 NAED	 channel	 as	 the	 Company	 continues	 to	

June	 2026.	 This	 agreement	 provides	 the	 Company	

add	additional	distributors	to	the	network.		There	were	

with	 the	 resources	 necessary	 to	 continue	 to	 grow		

also	 improvements	 in	 the	 specialty,	 motor	 control	 and	

and	expand.		

switchgear	markets	during	2021.		

HPS	remains	confident	in	its	ability	to	continue	to	

Canadian	 sales	 were	 $130,184,	 an	 increase	 of	

generate	growth	–	through	our	strategic	vision	merged	

$21,104	 or	 19.3%	 as	 compared	 to	 sales	 of	 $109,080	

with	 our	 operational	 strategies.	 Management	 is	 aware	

in	2020.	The	Canadian	market	experienced	increases	in	

of	 the	 need	 to	 plan	 and	 build	 for	 the	 future	 and	 is	

the	NAED,	mining	and	capital	equipment	markets.					

determined	 to	 proactively	 confront	 the	 profitability	

Indian	 sales	 in	 2021	 were	 $18,280,	 an	 increase	

23

pressures	 presented	 in	 the	 market.	 The	 Company	 is	

of	 $3,587	 or	 24.4%	 compared	 to	 sales	 of	 $14,693	 in	

persistent	 in	 identifying	 and	 developing	 new	 market	

2020.	The	 prior	 year	 sales,	 and	 the	 second	 quarter	 of	

opportunities,	 which	 will	 come	 from	 organic	 and	 new	

2021	 were	 negatively	 impacted	 by	 COVID-19	 as	 the	

customer	 sales	 expansion,	 product	 and	 technology	

pandemic	 dramatically	 constrained	 the	 Indian	 market,	

development,	 cost	 effectiveness,	 competitive	 lead-

leading	 to	 delays	 in	 projects	 because	 of	 government	

times	 and	 manufacturing	 flexibility.	 Our	 capabilities	

imposed	 lockdowns.	 2021	 sales	 benefited	 from	 the	

are	 extended	 through	 our	 multi-national	 operations,	

realization	of	these	delayed	orders.	

which	provide	expanded	market	opportunities,	allowing	

Stated	by	geographic	segment,	sales	in	the	U.S.	and	

HPS	 to	 deliver	 results.	 The	 Company’s	 commitment	

Mexico	were	 61.0%	 (2020	 –	 61.6	 %),	 In	 Canada	were	

to	 continuous	 improvement,	 cost	 reduction,	 improved	

34.2%	 (2020	 –	 33.9	 %)	 and	 India	 accounted	 for	 4.8%	

efficiencies	 and	overall	cost	 effectiveness	will	assist	in	

(2020	–	4.5	%)	of	our	total	sales.

reaching	these	goals.		These	strategies	will	improve	and	

HPS	is	dedicated	to	its	growth	strategy	through	our	

build	revenue	and	profitability	trends.	

focus	on	product	development,	our	capital	expenditure	

Sales

Sales	in	2021	were	$380,202	as	compared	to	sales	of	

program	 to	

increase	 capacity,	 vertical	

integration	

strategies,	

geographic	 diversification,	

innovative	

research	 and	 development	 projects	 and	 our	 expanded	

ANNUAL REPORT 2021DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

NAED	 network.	 Expanded	 product	 offerings,	 the	

a	 number	 of	 market	 and	 geographical	 segments.	 In	

addition	 of	 new	 customers,	 geographically	 diverse	

terms	of	organic	growth,	our	strategic	sales	initiatives,		

manufacturing	facilities	and	market	influence	will	allow	

service,	 broad	 distributor	 footprint,	 new	 product	

the	Company	to	continue	to	grow	market	share	globally.								

development	 and	 low	 industry	 inventories	 have	 all	

The	 Company	 experienced	 significant	 increases	 in	

supported	backlog	growth.	

North	 American	 sales	 through	 its	 established	 NAED	

HPS	is	sensitive	to	the	volatility	and	unpredictability	

and	 OEM	 channels.	 In	 the	 prior	 year,	 these	 markets	

of	 current	 global	 economies	 and	 the	 impact	 that	 this	

were	 significantly	 impacted	 by	 COVID-19,	 resulting	

could	 have	 on	 booking	 trends.	 While	 several	 markets	

in	 an	 overall	 drop	 in	 demand,	 project	 deferrals	 and	

are	 seeing	 positive	 quotation	 and	 order	 trends,	 the	

cancellations.	 HPS	 continues	 to	 grow	

its	 market	

Company	is	very	cognizant	that	it	may	see	some	volatility	

share	 through	 distributor	 conversions	 and	 its	 custom	

and	unpredictability	in	longer	term	booking	rates.	Some	

transformer	 capabilities.	 The	 ability	 to	 continue	 to	

industry-related	 factors	 may	 be	 contributing	 to	 the	

expand	 these	 segments	 is	 a	 result	 of	 new	 customer	

higher	booking	rates	and	backlog,	such	as	global	supply	

additions,	organic	customer	diversity,	expanded	product	

chain	 constraints	 and	 low	 inventories,	 and	 therefore	

offerings	 and	 geographically	 diverse	 manufacturing	

may	be	temporary	in	nature.

capabilities.	 HPS	 is	 not	 single-market	 or	 industry	

dependent	 and	 our	 market	 diversification	 strategies	

Gross margin

provide	a	natural	business	hedge.

The	 consolidated	 gross	 margin	 rate	 in	 2021	 declined	

	 We	are	committed	to	consistent	quality,	competitive	

slightly	 to	 26.9%	 versus	 27.0%	 in	 2020,	 a	 decrease	

product	 design,	 expertise	

in	 custom	 engineered	

of	 0.1%	 of	 sales.	 The	 small	 decline	 in	 margin	 rates	 is	

products	and	product	breadth.	These	factors	combined	

significant	 given	 the	 volatile	 commodity	 pricing	 and	

with	a	strong,	effective	distribution	channel	and	multi-

supply	 chain	 challenges	 experienced	 during	 2021,	

national	manufacturing	capabilities	will	continue	to	be	a	

and	 the	 inclusion	 of	 higher	 CEWS	 benefits	 in	 2020.	

24

competitive	advantage	for	the	Company	and	important	

The	ability	to	maintain	this	margin	rate	is	attributed	to	

to	 continued	 revenue	 growth.	 HPS	 prides	 itself	 on	

favourable	sales	mix,	selling	price	increases,	higher	fixed	

providing	value	to	our	customers.

cost	absorption	and	cost	reductions.	

Backlog1

The	 CEWS	 program	 provides	 an	 employee	 wage	

subsidy	 for	 our	 Canadian	 entities	 for	 periods	 where	

The	 Company’s	 December	 31,	 2021	 backlog	 has	

there	was	a	significant	decline	in	Canadian	trade	sales	

increased	by	a	record	58.8%	as	compared	to	December	

due	to	the	impact	of	COVID-19.		During	2021,	the	wage	

31,	 2020	 and	 has	 increased	 25.9%	 from	 Quarter	 3,	

subsidy	 received	 for	 production	 labour	 was	 $2,482	 or	

2021.	 The	 combination	 of	 price	 increases,	 strong	

0.7%	 of	 sales	 (2020	 –	 $5,557	 or	 1.7%	 of	 sales).	 The	

demand	 in	 the	 third	 and	 fourth	 quarters,	 and	 delayed	

Company	 did	 incur	 additional	 operating	 expenses	 of	

shipments	 due	 to	 material	 availability	 contributed	 to	

$956	during	2021	(2020	–	$1,902)		relating	to	amounts	

the	record-high	backlog.	Both	the	direct	and	distributor	

paid	for	suspended	operational	employee	wages,	non-

channels	 contributed	 to	 higher	 demand	 towards	 the	

productive	 wages	 support	 for	 “at	 risk”	 employees,	

end	of	the	year,	and	that	demand	was	compounded	by	

employee	transportation,	increased	cleaning,	sanitation	

the	realization	of	price	increases	implemented	over	the	

and	 personal	 protective	 equipment	 expenses	 for	 the	

course	 of	 2021.	 The	 increased	 bookings	 were	 across	

safety	 of	 employees.	 Excluding	 the	 wage	 subsidy	 and	

1Refer	to	Non-GAAP	financial	measures	on	page	21	of	this	annual	report

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS 	
	
	
COVID-19	 related	 expenses,	 gross	 margins	 increased	

social	and	industrial	aspects	of	the	pandemic,	combined	

from	25.9%	in	2020	to	26.6%	in	2021.	

with	an	increasing	backlog	allow	for	cautious	optimism		

Sales	and	margins	were	impacted	by	the	Company’s	

in	2022.

ability	 to	 source	 materials	 and	 maintain	 a	 continuous	

	 While	some	growth	strategies	can	have	a	shorter-

supply	 to	 meet	 demand,	 which	 was	 exacerbated	

term	dilutive	effect	on	gross	margin	rates,	the	Company	

by	 global	 logistical	 disruptions.	 The	 manufacture	 of	

continues	 to	 focus	 on	 long-term	 investment	 to	 fuel	

transformers	 requires	 copper,	 aluminum	 and	 electrical	

future	growth.	Gross	margin	rates	are	supported	by	the	

steel.	 	 All	 of	 these	 commodities,	 particularly	 electrical	

maintenance	 of	 market	 prices	 combined	 with	 material	

steel,	have	seen	significant	price	increases	driven	mainly	

procurement	and	engineering	cost	reduction	initiatives.	

by	 supply	 constraints.	 	 During	 2021,	 there	 has	 been	 a	

While	 the	 Company	 has	 reaped	 the	 benefits	 of	 higher	

heightened	 awareness	 of	 the	 challenges	 and	 strain	 on	

absorption	 of	 factory	 overheads	 due	 to	 the	 increased	

the	global	supply	markets	and	a	focus	on	ensuring	that	

sales	 volume,	 we	 continue	 to	 implement	 a	 number	 of	

materials	 required	 for	 production	 are	 received	 on	 a	

cost	reduction	and	expense	management	initiatives	to	

timely	basis	and	when	needed.		

protect	our	margin	rates.	

Given	the	rapid	rise	in	the	prices	of	the	commodities	

HPS	continues	to	commit	resources	to	its	continuous	

noted	 above,	 HPS	 has	 had	 to	 increase	 prices	 several	

improvement	program,	which	will	result	in	implementing	

times	during	2021	in	order	to	protect	our	gross	margins.		

productivity	 enhancements,	 cost	 reductions	 and	 lead-

In	raising	prices,	we	have	been	proactive	in	anticipating	

time	 improvements	 across	 the	 entire	 organization.	

cost	 increases,	 judicious	 in	 maintaining	 margins,	 and	

HPS	is	confident	that	these	actions	will	enhance	future	

conscientious	of	our	customer	relationships.		For	some	

margin	 rates	 and	 improve	 profitability	 and	 overall	

channels,	 particularly	 those	 with	 longer	 backlog	 dates	

financial	performance.		

and	lead	times,	as	is	the	case	in	our	OEM	and	private	

	 Quotation	activity,	improving	bookings	and	backlog	

label	channels,	raising	prices	is	more	difficult	to	do	in	a	

since	the	end	of	2020	as	well	as	an	encouraging	sales	

timely	way	due	to	the	nature	of	the	contracts.		Because	

outlook	 support	 optimism	 for	 the	 future.	 Looking	

25

of	that,	we	believe	there	was	some	margin	deterioration	

ahead,	HPS	remains	cautiously	optimistic	for	the	future	

during	2021	as	we	were	catching	up	to	cost	increases.	

as	 growth	will	 be	 realized	 in	 some	 markets	 along	with	

HPS	 continues	 to	 focus	 on	 price	 realization	 strategies	

a	 decline	 in	 others	 –	 underscoring	 the	 volatility	 of	

and	 achievement	 of	 cost	 reductions	 in	 an	 effort	 to	

markets	and	sales	demand.	Over	the	past	few	years,	to	

maintain	and	increase	margin	rates.	

manage	the	impact	of	volatility,	the	Company	widened	

Fluctuating	markets,	product	mix	and	the	continued	

its	 distributor	 footprint	 in	 North	 America,	 expanded	

effects	 of	 COVID-19	 on	 the	 current	 global	 economy	

its	 Indian	 market	 presence,	 implemented	 engineering	

may	still	have	a	short-term	impact	on	financial	results.	

and	material	cost	reduction	initiatives,	invested	in	new	

However,	through	the	two	years	of	the	pandemic,	HPS	

product	 development	 and	 broadened	 manufacturing	

was	identified	as	an	essential	service	in	all	countries	that	

capabilities.	A	diversified	geographic	approach	supports	

we	operate	in,	and	was	able	to	continue	to	manufacture	

anticipated	growth	from	implemented	market	strategies	

with	 the	 exception	 of	 India.	 Country-wide	 lockdowns	

and	subsequent	economic	improvement.	

impacted	 HPS’	 India	 location	 from	 the	 end	 of	 Quarter	

	 Margin	 rates	 can	 be	 sensitive	 to	 selling	 price	

1	 and	 the	 majority	 of	 Quarter	 2	 in	 2020.	 Lockdowns	

pressures,	 volatility	 in	 commodity	 costs,	 customer	

were	also	in	place	for	a	month	in	Quarter	2	during	2021.	

mix	 and	 geographic	 blend.	 The	 Company	 continues	

Looking	forward,	the	lessening	impact	of	the	economic,	

to	 combat	 competitor	 short-sighted	 pricing	 strategies	

ANNUAL REPORT 2021DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED	
	
	
	
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

through	 its	 total	 value-added	 engineered	 solutions.	

HPS’	 focus	 during	 the	 year	 has	 been	 on	 execution	 of	

its	 selling	 price	 realization	 strategies	 and	 achievement	

of	cost	reductions	in	an	effort	to	protect	and	eventually	

raise	margin	rates.	

Selling and distribution expenses 

•	 Approximately	$1,103	of	the	increase	in	the	current	

year	 is	 associated	 with	 strategic	 investments	 in	

people	 resources	 and	 incentive	 plans.	 There	 were	

critical	roles	replaced	during	2021	as	a	large	number	

of	individuals	within	the	organization	retired;

•	 The	Mesta	acquisition	contributed	an	additional	$452	

to	the	general	and	administrative	expenses;

Total	 selling	 and	 distribution	 expenses	 were	 $46,459	

for	2021	versus	$40,217	in	2020,	an	increase	of	$6,242	

•	 Additional	

investment	

in	

information	 technology	

contributed	 additional	 expenses	 of	 $460	 related	 to	

or	 15.5%.	 On	 a	 percentage-of-sales	 basis,	 total	 selling	

maintenance	contracts;

and	 distribution	 expense	 decreased	 to	 12.2%	 of	 sales	

for	2021	from	12.5%	in	2020.	The	higher	sales	value	for	

•	 The	higher	share	price	and	additional	awards	granted	

in	 2021	 has	 caused	 the	 DSU	 expense	 to	 increase	

the	year	 resulted	 in	 additional	 commission	 expense	 of	

$691	from	prior	year;	and

$1,841	and	higher	freight	expense	of	$2,653	which	are	

variable	 selling	 expenses	 that	 naturally	 fluctuate	 with	

•	 Higher	 spending	 with	 outside	 services	 such	 as	

placement	 and	 legal	 fees	 account	 for	 $1,296	 of	 the	

sales	 changes.	The	 CEWS	 benefit	 in	 2021	 of	 $352	 or	

current	year	increase.	

0.1%	of	sales	was	lower	than	the	benefit	of	$766	of	0.2%	

in	 2020,	 therefore	 contributing	 $414	 to	 the	 increased	

HPS	continues	to	invest	in	growth	while	remaining	

very	 cognizant	 of	 prudent	 general	 and	 administrative	

net	 expenses.	 Approximately	 $980,	 or	 0.3%	 of	 selling	

expense	management.		

and	 distribution	 expenses	 increase	 relates	 to	 strategic	

investments	 in	 people	 resources	 as	 well	 as	 increased	

Earnings from operations1 

incentive	plan	payments	related	to	higher	sales.		

26

General and administrative expense

General	 and	 administrative	 expenses	 in	 2021	 were	

$32,821	 compared	 to	 $24,736	 for	 2020,	 an	 increase	

Earnings	from	operations	improved	finishing	at	$23,151	

in	2021,	as	compared	to	earnings	of	$22,041	in	2020	–	

an	increase	of	$1,110	or	5.0%.	The	increase	in	earnings	

from	 operations	 is	 due	 to	 higher	 sales	 and	 additional	

gross	margin	dollars,	offset	by	higher	selling,	distribution,	

of	 $8,085	 or	 32.7%.	 On	 a	 percentage-of-sales	 basis	

general	and	administrative	expenses.		

these	costs	have	increased	from	7.7%	in	2020	to	8.6%	

Earnings	from	operations	are	calculated	as	outlined	

in	 2021.	 Key	 drivers	 for	 the	 current	 year	 increase	 are		

in	the	following	table:

as	follows:

•	 During	 the	 prior	 year	 there	 was	 a	 reversal	 of	 an	

abnormal	 expected	 credit	 loss	 provision	 related	 to	

the	settlement	of	the	note	receivable	balance	in	the	

amount	of	$956;

•	 The	 CEWS	 benefit	

related	

to	 general	 and	

administrative	employees	in	2021	was	$649	or	0.2%	

of	 sales	 and	 was	 $1,950	 or	 0.6%	 of	 sales	 in	 2020,	

resulting	in	additional	net	expenses	of	$1,310	in	2021	

compared	to	2020;

1Refer	to	Non-GAAP	financial	measures	on	page	21	of	this	annual	report

Net	earnings	for	the	year	 $		 		15,176							$	 			14,062

							2021			

	 									2020

	 Add:

Income	tax	expense	

	 	6,074					

	 6,904

Finance	and	other	costs		

	 	1,901						

	 		 	 1,075

Earnings	from	operations	 $					23,151						 $						22,041

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS 	
	
	
	
	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
Net Finance and other costs

current	 year	 earnings	 before	 income	 tax	 were	 higher	

Net	 finance	 and	 other	 costs	 increased	 $826	 from	

sales	 and	 additional	 gross	 margin	 dollars.	 These	 gains	

$1,075	in	2020	to	$1,901	in	2021.	The	increase	from	

were	offset	by	increases	in	selling,	distribution,	general	

the	 prior	year	 is	 a	 result	 of	 a	 foreign	 exchange	 loss	 in	

and	 administration	 expenses,	

lower	 government	

the	current	year	and	a	gain	in	the	prior	year,	as	well	as	

wage	 subsidy	 support	 in	 the	 current	 year,	 the	 foreign	

higher	interest	expense	and	lower	income	from	the	joint	

exchange	 loss	 in	 2021	 and	 a	 gain	 in	 2020,	 as	 well	 as	

venture	in	the	current	year.

higher	interest	expense	and	lower	income	from	the	joint	

Interest	 expense	 for	 the	 year-ended	 December	

venture	in	the	current	year.

31,	2021	finished	at	$1,301	as	compared	to	$1,247	in	

2020,	a	small	increase	of	$54.		Interest	expense	includes	

all	bank	fees.

The	foreign	exchange	loss	in	2021	of	$561	related	

primarily	 to	 the	 transactional	 exchange	 loss	 of	 the	

Company’s	 U.S.	 dollar	 trade	 accounts	 receivable,	

compared	 to	 a	 foreign	 exchange	 gain	 of	 $123	 in	

2020.	 The	 increase	 of	 the	 foreign	 exchange	 expense	

for	the	year	is	related	to	the	volatility	in	the	exchange	

rates	 during	 the	year	 –	 primarily	 the	 U.S.	 dollar	which	

decreased	6.7%	relative	to	the	Canadian	dollar	in	2021.	

As	 at	 December	 31,	 2021,	 the	 Company	 had	

outstanding	 foreign	 exchange	 contracts	 in	 place	 to	

buy	17,350	Euros	(“EUR”)	and	$23,275	USD	–	both	of	

which	were	implemented	as	an	economic	hedge	against	

translation	 gains	 and	 losses	 on	 inter-company	 loans	

as	 well	 as	 $68,500	 USD	 to	 economically	 hedge	 the	

U.S.	 dollar	 denominated	 accounts	 payable	 in	 Canadian	

HPS	 operations.	 The	 Company	 also	 had	 outstanding	

foreign	exchange	contracts	 to	sell	for	34,700	EUR	 and		

$69,757	USD.

Exchange	rate	volatility	is	managed	by	HPS’	foreign	

exchange	 contract	 hedging	 program.	 Details	 of	 the	

outstanding	 forward	 foreign	 exchange	 contracts	 at	

December	 31,	 2021	 can	 be	 found	 in	 note	 27	 in	 the	

Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements	included	in	

our	2021	Annual	Report.	

Earnings before income tax 

Income taxes

Income	 tax	 expense	 from	 operations	 for	 2021	 was	

$6,074	as	compared	to	$6,904	in	2020	–	a	decrease	of	

$830	or	12.0%.	The	consolidated	effective	tax	rate	on	

earnings	from	operations	for	2021	decreased	to	28.6%	

versus	32.9%	last	year	–	a	decrease	of	4.3%.	

The	 Company’s	 deferred	 tax	 assets	 and	 liabilities	

are	 related	 to	 temporary	 differences	 in	 various	 tax	

jurisdictions,	 primarily	 reserves	 and	 allowances,	 which	

are	 not	 deductible	 in	 the	 current	year.	A	 difference	 in	

the	 carrying	 value	 of	 property,	 plant	 and	 equipment	

and	 intangible	 assets	 for	 accounting	 purposes	 and	

for	 tax	 purposes	 is	 a	 result	 of	 business	 combination	

accounting	 and	 a	 different	 basis	 of	 depreciation	

utilized	 for	 tax	 purposes.	 The	 Company’s	 income	 tax	

27

provision	is	explained	further	in	note	16	in	the	Notes	to	

Consolidated	Financial	Statements	included	in	our	2021	

Annual	Report.

Net earnings

Net	 earnings	 from	 operations	 for	 2021	 finished	 at	

$15,176	compared	to	net	earnings	of	$14,062	in	2020,	

an	increase	of	$1,114	or	7.9%.		The	main	contributors	to	

the	higher	current	year	earnings	before	income	tax	were	

higher	sales	and	additional	gross	margin	dollars.	These	

gains	 were	 offset	 by	 increases	 in	 selling,	 distribution,	

general	and	administration	expenses,	lower	government	

wage	 subsidy	 support	 in	 the	 current	 year,	 the	 foreign	

exchange	 loss	 in	 2021	 and	 a	 gain	 in	 2020,	 as	 well	 as	

2021	 earnings	 before	 income	 taxes	 were	 $21,250	 as	

higher	interest	expense	and	lower	income	from	the	joint	

compared	 to	 earnings	 of	 $20,966	 in	 2020,	 –	 growing	

venture	in	the	current	year.		The	effective	tax	rate	was	

by	 $284	 or	 1.4%.	The	 main	 contributors	 to	 the	 higher	

4.3%	lower	in	the	current	year	than	prior	year.		

ANNUAL REPORT 2021DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED	
	
	
	
	
	
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

EBITDA1

EBITDA	from	operations	for	the	year-ended	December	31,	2021	was	$30,114	versus	$29,482	in	2020	–	an	increase	

of	$632	or	2.1%.	Adjusted	for	foreign	exchange	loss/gain,	adjusted	EBITDA	for	2021	was	$30,675	versus	$29,359	in	

2020	–	an	increase	of	$1,316	or	4.5%.	

EBITDA	and	adjusted	EBITDA	are	calculated	as	outlined	in	the	following	table:

Net	earnings	

Add:

Interest	expense

Income	tax	expense

Depreciation	and	amortization

EBITDA

Add	(subtract):

Foreign	exchange	loss	(gain)

Adjusted	EBITDA

2021

2020

$	

15,176

$	

14,062

1,301

6,074

7,563

1,247

6,904

7,269

$	

$	

30,114

$	

29,482

561

(123)

30,675

$	

29,359

Summary of quarterly financial information	(unaudited)

Fiscal	2021	Quarters

Sales

Net	earnings

28

Net	earnings	per	share	–	basic

Net	earnings	per	share	–	diluted

Average	U.S.	to	Canadian		
			exchange	rate

Fiscal	2020	Quarters

Sales

Net	earnings

Net	earnings	per	share	–	basic

Net	earnings	per	share	–	diluted

Average	U.S.	to	Canadian		
			exchange	rate

Q1

80,121

2,298

0.19

0.19

1.268

Q1

88,420

2,148

0.18

0.18

1.339

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

Q2

Q3

Q4

Total

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

		88,277	

4,689

0.40

0.40

1.231

Q2

		75,393	

4,420

0.38

0.38

1.391

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

95,526

$	 116,278

$	 380,202

3,948

0.34

0.34

1.257

Q3

78,115

3,462

0.30

0.30

1.335

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

4,241

0.36

0.35

1.258

$	

$	

$	

$	

15,176	

1.29

1.28

1.253

Q4

Total

80,169

$	 322,097

4,032

0.34

0.34

1.309

$	

$	

$	

$	

14,062	

1.20

1.20

1.343

	 With	the	exception	of	Quarter	1,	sales	increased	significantly	versus	the	comparable	quarters	in	2020.		Quarter	2,	

1Refer	to	Non-GAAP	financial	measures	on	page	21	of	this	annual	report

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS 	
	
2020	was	the	first	quarter	where	the	Company	saw	sales	declines	due	to	the	pandemic.	A	portion	of	the	sales	escalation	

was	due	to	price	increases	but	the	Company	has	also	experienced	volume	growth	over	previous	quarters.		There	has	

been	an	upward	trend	over	the	past	six	quarters	due	to	an	overall	improvement	in	general	economic	activity.	Sales	

in	the	current	year	were	negatively	impacted	by	the	weaker	USD	exchange	and	the	price	increases	had	a	cumulative	

impact	on	sales	as	2021	progressed.		

Changing	and	challenging	economic	conditions,	changes	in	product	mix	and	competitive	pricing	pressures	have	all	

had	an	impact	on	the	year-over-year	quarterly	fluctuations	for	both	sales	and	income.

Quarter 4, 2021 financial results 

Sales

Gross	margin	rate

Earnings	from	operations

Exchange	loss

Net	earnings

Earnings	per	share	–	basic

Earnings	per	share	–	diluted

Cash	provided	by	operations

Quarter ended  
December 31, 2021

Quarter	ended		
December	31,	2020

$	

116,278

27.4%

6,220

129

4,241																	

0.36																	

0.35

19,900

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

80,169

28.9%

7,047

401																				

4,032																		

0.34																		

0.34

8,073

29

Sales	for	the	quarter	ended	December	31,	2021	were	$116,278,	an	increase	of	$36,109	or	45.0%	from	the	comparative	

quarter	last	year.			

Gross	margin	rates	for	the	fourth	quarter	have	decreased	from	the	same	quarter	last	year	by	1.5%	from	28.9%	in	

2020	to	27.4%	in	2021.		Included	in	the	fourth	quarter	2020	gross	margin	was	$1,722	of	CEWS	(2.15%	of	sales),	and	

none	in	the	fourth	quarter	of	2021.	The	margin	was	also	impacted	by	sales	mix,	market	specific	pricing,	raw	material	

commodity	costs,	cost	reductions	and	expense	containment.	

Total	selling	and	distribution	expenses	amounted	to	$14,559	in	Quarter	4,	2021	versus	$10,202	in	Quarter	4,	

2020	–	an	increase	of	$4,357	or	42.7%.	Selling	and	distribution	expenses	as	a	percentage	of	sales	have	decreased	

to	 12.5%	 in	 2021	 compared	 to	 12.7%	 in	 2020.	 The	 increases	 were	 a	 result	 of	 higher	 commission	 and	 freight		

variable	expenses.		

General	and	administrative	expenses	as	a	percentage	of	sales	have	increased	to	9.5%	in	2021	compared	to	7.4%	

in	 2020.	 General	 and	 administrative	 expenses	 for	 Quarter	 4,	 2021	 totaled	 $11,055,	 an	 increase	 of	 $5,105	 when	

compared	to	Quarter	4,	2020	costs	of	$5,950.	During	the	prior	year	there	was	a	reversal	of	an	abnormal	expected	

credit	 loss	 provision	 related	 to	 the	 settlement	 of	 the	 note	 receivable	 balance	 in	 the	 amount	 of	 $956.	 The	 Mesta	

acquisition	contributed	an	additional	$452	to	the	general	and	administrative	expenses.	Additional	salary,	incentive	and	

outside	service	costs	and	other	miscellaneous	accruals	also	account	for	the	increase	in	the	quarter.

ANNUAL REPORT 2021DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED	
	
	
	
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

	 Quarter	4,	2021	net	finance	and	other	costs	were	

Cash	 provided	 from	 operating	 activities	 during	

$490	compared	to	$582	for	the	same	quarter	in	2020,	a	

2021	was	$20,447	versus	$19,683	in	2020,	an	increase	

decrease	of	$92	or	15.8%.	The	Quarter	4,	2021	interest	

in	cash	generated	of	$764	or	3.9%.	This	increase	in	cash	

cost	increased	from	$296	in	Quarter	4,	2020	to	$368	

generated	from	operating	activities	was	due	to	a	lower	

in	Quarter	4,	2021.	Foreign	exchange	loss	in	Quarter	4,	

increase	in	non-cash	working	capital	versus	2020.	Non-

2021	was	$129	compared	to	a	foreign	exchange	loss	of	

cash	working	capital	used	cash	of	$4,777	in	2021	versus	

$401	in	Quarter	4,	2020.

$4,992	 in	 2020,	 resulting	 in	 a	 decrease	 of	 $215	 from	

Earnings	 from	 operations	 for	 the	 quarter	 were	

2020.	The	change	in	non-cash	working	capital	in	2021	

$6,220	 in	 2021	 and	 $7,047	 in	 2020	 a	 decrease	 of		

was	primarily	a	result	of	increases	in	accounts	receivable	

$827	 or	 11.7%.	 Additional	 gross	 margin	 dollars	 were		

and	inventory,	offset	by	increases	in	accounts	payable.		

offset	 by	 higher	 general,	 administrative,	 selling	 and		

Accounts	 receivable	 finished	 the	 year	 at	 $72,004	

distribution	expenses.	

as	 compared	 to	 $53,078	 as	 at	 December	 31,	 2020,	

	 Quarter	4,	2021	income	tax	expense	was	$1,489	on	

an	 increase	 of	 $18,926	 –	 a	 result	 of	 higher	 sales	 in	

earnings	before	income	taxes	of	$5,730	(an	effective	tax	

Quarter	 4,	 2021	 compared	 to	 Quarter	 4,	 2020.	 HPS’	

rate1	of	26.0%)	as	compared	to	an	income	tax	expense	

days	sales	outstanding	ratio	remains	stable,	which	can	

of	 $2,433	 on	 income	 before	 income	 taxes	 of	 $6,465	

be	 attributed	 to	 effective	 credit	 policies	 and	 tightly	

(an	effective	tax	rate1	of	37.6%)	in	Quarter	4,	2020	–	a	

managed	accounts	receivable	administration.				

decrease	of	$944.	

Inventories	 finished	 the	 year	 at	 $62,467	 as	 at	

Net	 income	 for	 Quarter	 4,	 2021	 was	 $4,241	

December	 31,	 2021,	 versus	 $49,206	 as	 at	 December	

compared	to	net	income	of	$4,032	in	Quarter	4,	2020	–	

31,	2020,	an	increase	of	$13,261.	The	higher	inventory	

an	improvement	of	$209.	

levels	in	2021	were	attributed	to	increased	sales	volume,	

Cash	 provided	 by	 operations	 for	 Quarter	 4,	 2021	

and	the	higher	cost	of	raw	materials.					

was	 $19,900	 versus	 $8,073	 in	 Quarter	 4,	 2020	 –	 an	

Accounts	payable	and	accrued	liabilities,	excluding	

30

increase	 of	 $11,827.	 The	 main	 driver	 for	 this	 change	

derivative	 and	 share-based	 compensation	 liabilities,	

was	cash	generated	from	working	capital	of	$9,447	for	

increased	 by	 $29,599	 finishing	 at	 $73,826	 as	 at	

Quarter	4,	2021	versus	cash	used	by	working	capital	of	

December	 31,	 2021	 compared	 to	 $44,227	 at	 the	 end	

$825	for	Quarter	4,	2020,	an	improvement	of	$10,272.				

of	 2020.	 The	 change	 in	 accounts	 payable	 is	 due	 to	

	 Overall	net	operating	cash	balance1	was	$1,638	as	

higher	sales	volumes,	higher	raw	materials	costs,	higher	

at	 December	 31	 2021,	 an	 improvement	 of	 $2,916	 as	

accruals	and	the	timing	of	purchases	from	and	payments	

compared	to	a	net	operating	debt	balance	of	$1,278	as	

to	suppliers.

at	 December	 31,	 2020,	 primarily	 reflecting	 improved	

Net	 income	 taxes	 payable2	 were	 $1,181	 as	 at	

profitability	and	cash	generated	from	operations.		

December	 31,	 2021,	versus	 net	 income	 taxes	 payable	

Capital resources and liquidity

The	 Company	 continued	 to	 focus	 on	 generating	 cash	

from	 operations,	 debt	 management,	 investment	 and	

liquidity.

of	$454	(income	taxes	receivable	of	$488	less	income	

taxes	 payable	 of	 $942)	 as	 at	 December	 31,	 2020	 –	 a	

change	 of	 $727	 due	 to	 changes	 in	 the	 effective	 tax	

rate3.

Cash	 used	 in	 financing	 activities	 was	 $4,257	 in	

1Overall	net	operating	cash	balance	is	the	bank	operating	lines	of	credit	of	$19,267	net	of	cash	and	cash	equivalents	of	$20,905.	Refer	to	Non-GAAP	
financial	measures	on	page	21	of	this	annual	report.
2Effective	tax	rate	is	calculated	as	the	income	tax	expense	divided	by	the	earnings	before	income	taxes
3Net	income	taxes	payable	consists	of	income	taxes	receivable	of	$807	less	income	taxes	payable	of	$1,988.	Refer	to	Non-GAAP	financial	measures	on	
page	21	of	this	annual	report.	

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS 	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
2021,	 compared	 to	 cash	 used	 of	 $24,184	 in	 2020,	 a	

capital	resources	is	effectively	managed	for	current	and	

decrease	 of	 $19,927.	 The	 change	 in	 the	 balance	 can	

future	requirements.

be	 attributed	 to	 repayment	 from	 the	 operating	 line	 in		

The	Company	has	outstanding	capital	expenditure	

2020	 compared	 to	 advances	 on	 the	 	 bank	 operating	

commitments	 of	 $483	 primarily	 for	 manufacturing	

lines	in	2021.			

efficiency	improvement	projects	and	capacity	expansion.	

Cash	used	in	investing	activities	in	2021	increased	

These	ongoing	projects	are	in	support	of	future	business	

$6,167	 from	 $4,747	 in	 2020	 to	 $10,914	 in	 2021,	

development	and	growth.

a	 result	 of	 the	 Mesta	 acquisition	 in	 the	 amount	 of	

Additional	 details	 of	 our	 change	

in	 non-cash	

$5,032.	There	 was	 an	 increase	 in	 capital	 spending	 for	

working	 capital	 can	 be	 found	 in	 note	 25	 in	 the	 Notes	

property,	 plant	 and	 equipment	 of	 $829	 over	 the	 prior	

to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements	contained	in	our	

year,	totaling	$5,051	in	2021	–	compared	to	$4,222	for	

2021	Annual	Report.

2020.	 The	 Company	 continues	 to	 invest	 in	 the	 areas	

of	 manufacturing	 processes	 and	 capabilities	 as	well	 as	

Credit Agreement

information	technology.

Bank	 operating	 lines	 of	 credit	 finished	 the	 year	

at	 $19,267	 as	 at	 December	 31,	 2021,	 compared	 to	

$16,073	 as	 at	 December	 31,	 2020	 resulting	 in	 an	

increase	 of	 $3,194	 in	 the	 year.	 The	 Company	 had	

cash	 and	 cash	 equivalent	 balances	 of	 $20,905	 as	 at		

December	 31,	 2021	 as	 compared	 to	 $14,795	 as	 at	

December	31,	2020.

	 Overall	net	operating	cash	balance1	was	$1,638	as	

at	 December	 31	 2021,	 an	 improvement	 of	 $2,916	 as	

compared	to	a	net	operating	debt	balance	of	$1,278	as	

at	 December	 31,	 2020,	 primarily	 reflecting	 improved	

profitability	and	cash	generated	from	operations.		

All	 bank	 covenants	 were	 met	 as	 at	 December	 31,	

2021,	 and	 the	 Company	 was	 in	 compliance	 with	 its	

During	 the	 year,	 the	 Company	 entered	 into	 a	 new	

banking	 agreement,	 which	 expires	 on	 June	 20,	 2026,	

consisting	 of	 a	 $50,000	 U.S.	 revolving	 credit	 facility.	

This	 new	 agreement	 provides	 an	 additional	 $10,000	

U.S.	 of	 credit	 to	 HPS.	 	 Based	 on	 exchange	 rates	 in	

effect	 at	 December	 31,	 2021,	 the	 combined	 Canadian	

dollar	equivalent	available	prior	to	any	utilization	of	the	

facilities	was	$78,000.

This	is	an	unsecured	5-year	committed	facility	that	

provides	 financing	 certainty	 for	 the	 future.	 The	 new	

financing	better	aligns	our	Canadian,	U.S.	and	European	

31

banking	requirements,	supports	our	hedging	strategies,	

and	provides	financing	for	our	operational	requirements	

and	capital	for	our	strategic	initiatives.

covenants	throughout	the	year.

Hammond Power Solutions S.p.A – Italy

The	 Company’s	 liquidity	 is	 strong.	 HPS	 is	 well	

As	 part	 of	 the	 VPI	 asset	 sale	 agreement,	 the	 lease	

funded,	with	sufficient	cash	and	debt	capacity	to	fund	its	

agreement	relating	to	the	Meledo,	Italy	building	includes	

operating	 activities,	 investments	 and	 strategic	 growth	

a	put	and	call	sale	option	related	to	the	leased	premises,	

initiatives.	 The	 Company	 has	 several	 alternatives	 to	

exercisable	within	60	days	after	September	30,	2023.		The	

fund	 future	 capital	 requirements,	 including	 its	 existing	

call	option	grants	the	purchaser	an	option	to	purchase	

cash	position,	credit	facility,	future	operating	cash	flows	

the	premises	from	the	Company	for	consideration	equal	

and	debt	financing.	The	Company	continually	evaluates	

to	2,225	EUR.	The	plant	purchase	price	will	be	reduced	

these	 options	 to	 ensure	 that	 the	 appropriate	 mix	 of	

by	 50%	 of	 the	 monthly	 rent	 installments	 received,	 to	

1Overall	net	operating	cash	balance	is	the	bank	operating	lines	of	credit	of	$19,267	net	of	cash	and	cash	equivalents	of	$20,905.	Refer	to	Non-GAAP	
financial	measures	on	page	21	of	this	annual	report.	

ANNUAL REPORT 2021DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED	
	
	
	
	
	
	
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Contractual obligations

The	following	table	outlines	payments	due	for	each	of	the	next	5	years	and	thereafter	related	to	debt,	lease,	purchase	

and	other	long-term	obligations.

Accounts	payable	and	accrued	liabilities

$	

75,669

Capital	expenditure	purchase	commitments
Operating	lines	of	credit

Derivative	liability

Lease	liabilities

Contingent	liabilities

Total

2022

2023

2024

2025

483
–

91

2,762

616

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

–

2,034

595

1,806

298

–

–
–

–

978

–

2026	&	
Thereafter

Total

– $	 75,669

–
19,267

–

733

–

483
19,267

91

8,313

1,509

$	

79,621 $	

2,629 $	

2,104 	

978 $	

20,000 $	 105,332

a	 maximum	 of	 375	 EUR	 (approximately	 $573).	 If	 the	

2021	to	shareholders	of	record	at	the	close	of	business	

purchaser	 does	 not	 execute	 the	 call	 option	 HPS	 can	

on	March	18,	2021	–	the	ex-dividend	date	was	March	

exercise	its	put	 option	which	grants	HPS	 an	option	to	

17,	2021.	The	Quarter	2	dividend	was	paid	on	June	29,	

sell	 the	 plant	 to	 the	 purchaser	 for	 consideration	 equal	

2021	to	shareholders	of	record	at	the	close	of	business	

to	 the	 same	 plant	 purchase	 price.	 If	 the	 purchaser	

on	the	22nd	day	of	June	2021	–	the	ex-dividend	date	

rejects	the	put	option,	the	purchaser	will	pay	500	EUR	

was	 June	 21,	 2021.	 The	 dividend	 for	 Quarter	 3	 was	

(approximately	$764)	as	liquidated	damages.

paid	on	September	24,	2021	to	shareholders	of	record	

Contingent liabilities

at	 the	 close	 of	 business	 on	 September	 17,	 2021	 –	

the	 ex-dividend	 date	 was	 September	 16,	 2021.	 The	

In	 June	 2017,	 the	 Corporation	 received	 notice	 of	 an	

Quarter	 4	 dividend	 was	 paid	 on	 December	 17,	 2021	

32

environmental	 claim	 from	 the	 owner	 of	 a	 property				

to	 shareholders	 of	 record	 at	 the	 close	 of	 business	

located	 nearby	 to	 a	 property	 that	 was	 once	 partially	

on	 December	 10,	 2021	 –	 the	 ex-dividend	 date	 was	

owned	by	the	Corporation.	At	this	time,	the	Company	

December	9,	2021.

feels	that	there	is	no	merit	to	the	claim.

	In	2021,	the	Company	has	paid	a	total	cash	dividend	

	 Management	is	not	aware	of	any	further	contingent	

of	 thirty-four	 cents	 ($0.34)	 per	 Class	 A	 Subordinate	

liabilities,	other	than	contingent	consideration	issued	in	

Voting	 Share	 and	 thirty-four	 cents	 ($0.34)	 per	 Class	 B	

connection	 with	 the	 acquisition	 of	 Mesta.	 Refer	 to	

Common	Share.		In	2020,	the	Company	had	paid	a	total	

note	 30	 to	 the	 consolidated	 financial	 statements	 for	

cash	 dividend	 of	 thirty-four	 cents	 ($0.34)	 per	 Class	 A	

additional	information.

Subordinate	Voting	Share	and	thirty-four	cents	($0.34)	

per	Class	B	Common	Share.

Regular quarterly dividend

The	Board	of	Directors	of	HPS	declared	quarterly	cash	

Controls and procedures

dividend	of	eight	and	a	half	cents	($0.085)	per	Class	A	

The	 Chief	 Executive	 Officer	 and	 the	 Chief	 Financial	

Subordinate	Voting	Share	of	HPS	and	of	eight	and	a	half	

Officer	are	responsible	for	establishing	and	maintaining	

cents	($0.085)	per	Class	B	Common	Share	of	HPS,	for	

disclosure	controls	and	procedures	and	for	establishing	

each	of	the	quarters	of	2021.

and	maintaining	adequate	internal	controls	over	financial	

The	 Quarter	 1	 dividend	 was	 paid	 on	 March	 25,	

reporting.	The	control	framework	used	in	the	design	of	

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS 		
		
	
	
disclosure	controls	and	procedures	and	internal	control	

use	a	control	framework	such	as	the	COSO	Framework	

over	 financial	 reporting	 is	 the	 2013	 Internal	 Control	

to	 design	 internal	 controls	 over	 financial	 reporting.	As	

Integrated	 Framework	 issued	 by	 the	 Committee	 of	

well,	the	threshold	for	reporting	a	weakness	of	internal	

Sponsoring	Organizations	of	the	Treadway	Commission	

controls	over	financial	reporting	should	be	of	a	“material	

(“2013	COSO	Framework”).	Our	internal	control	system	

weakness”	 rather	 than	 “reportable	 deficiency.”	 HPS	

was	 designed	 to	 provide	 reasonable	 assurance	 to	 our	

has	 designed	 its	 internal	 controls	 in	 accordance	 with	

Management	 and	 Board	 of	 Directors	 regarding	 the	

the	COSO	Framework	and	has	carried	out	retesting	in	

preparation	and	fair	presentation	of	published	financial	

2021,	which	was	completed	in	the	fourth	quarter.

statements	 in	 accordance	 with	 International	 Financial	

As	 of	 December	 31,	 2021	 Management,	 with	 the	

Reporting	 Standards.	 All	 internal	 control	 systems,	 no	

supervision	 and	 participation	 of	 the	 Chief	 Executive	

matter	 how	 well	 designed,	 have	 inherent	 limitations,	

Officer	 and	 Chief	 Financial	 Officer,	 assessed	 the	

therefore,	even	those	systems	determined	to	be	effective	

effectiveness	 of	 the	 Company’s	 internal	 control	 over	

can	provide	only	reasonable	assurance	with	respect	to	

financial	 reporting.	 Based	 on	 that	 assessment,	 the	

financial	statement	preparation	and	presentation.

Chief	 Executive	 Officer	 and	 Chief	 Financial	 Officer	

As	at	December	31,	2021,	the	Company	conducted	

have	concluded	that	the	internal	controls	are	effective	

an	 evaluation,	 under	 the	 direction	 and	 supervision	 of	

and	 that	 there	 were	 no	 material	 weaknesses	 in	 the	

the	 Chief	 Executive	 Officer	 and	 the	 Chief	 Financial	

Company’s	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	as	of	

Officer,	of	the	effectiveness	of	the	design	and	operation	

December	31,	2021.	

of	 our	 disclosure	 controls	 and	 procedures.	 Based	 on	

this	 evaluation,	 our	 Chief	 Executive	 Officer	 and	 Chief	

Changes  in  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 

Financial	 Officer	 have	 concluded	 that	 as	 of	 December	

and disclosure controls and procedures

31,	2021	such	disclosure	controls	and	procedures	were	

During	2021	there	were	no	material	changes	identified	

operating	effectively.

in	 HPS’	 internal	 controls	 over	 financial	 reporting	 that	

had	 materially	 affected,	 or	 were	 reasonably	 likely	 to	

33

Internal controls over financial reporting

materially	 affect	 HPS’	 internal	 control	 over	 financial	

Management	

is	 responsible	 for	 establishing	 and	

reporting.	HPS	does	carry	out	ongoing	improvements	to	

maintaining	 adequate	 internal	 controls	 over	 financial	

its	internal	controls	over	financial	reporting	but	nothing	

reporting.	 Our	 internal	 control	 system	 was	 designed	

was	considered	at	a	material	level.	

to	 provide	 reasonable	 assurance	 to	 our	 Management	

and	 Board	 of	 Directors	 regarding	 the	 preparation	 and	

fair	 presentation	 of	 published	 financial	 statements	

in	 accordance	 with	 International	 Financial	 Reporting	

Standards.	All	internal	control	systems,	no	matter	how	

well	 designed,	 have	 inherent	 limitations.	 Therefore,	

even	 those	 systems	 determined	 to	 be	 effective	 can	

provide	 only	 reasonable	 assurance	 with	 respect	 to	

financial	statement	preparation	and	presentation.	

Subsequent events

Dividends

On	March	4,	2022,	the	Company	declared	a	dividend	of	

eight	and	a	half	cents	($0.085)	per	Class	A	subordinate	

voting	shares	of	HPS	and	a	quarterly	cash	dividend	of	

eight	and	a	half	cents	($0.085)	per	Class	B	common	shares	

of	HPS	payable	on	March	24,	2022	to	shareholders	of	

record	at	the	close	of	business	on	March	16,	2022.	The	

Canadian	 Securities	 Administrators	 require	 that	

ex-dividend	date	is	March	18,	2022.	

companies	certify	the	effectiveness	of	internal	controls	

over	 financial	 reporting.	 It	 also	 requires	 a	 company	 to	

ANNUAL REPORT 2021DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED	
	
	
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Joint venture ownership change

caused	by	logistics	disruptions	and	global	conflicts	may	

The	 Company	 and	 National	 Material	 L.P.	 (“National”)	

interrupt	manufacturing	production,	and	therefore	affect	

have	 operated	 the	 joint	venture	 in	 Monterray,	 Mexico	

our	ability	to	ship	product	to	customers.	These	risks	are	

under	the	name	Corefficient	S.	de	R.L.	de	C.V.	Subsequent	

mitigated	through	strategic	supply	line	agreements	and	

to	year-end,	the	Company	and	National	have	amicably	

alliances	in	place	with	suppliers.

agreed	 to	 divide	 the	 operations.	 In	 connection	 with	

The	 cyclical	 effects	 and	 unprecedented	 rise	 of	

this	 transaction,	 HPS	 will	 retain	 certain	 equipment,	

global	 commodity	 prices,	 including	 prices	 for	 copper,	

employees,	 obligations	 and	 other	 financial	 assets	 and	

aluminum	 and	 electrical	 steel	 may	 put	 margins	 at	 risk.	

liabilities,	 and	 National	 will	 withdraw	 ceratin	 assets	

There	is	a	risk	in	our	ability	to	recoup	the	rapid	escalating	

and	capital	in	exchange	for	redeeming	their	ownership	

commodity	 costs	 through	 timely	 and	 effective	 selling	

interest.	The	Compnay	will	operate	the	retained	portion	

price	increases.

of	 the	 joint	 venture	 as	 a	 wholly	 owned	 subsidiary	 of	

the	 Group.	 The	 operation	 will	 continue	 to	 produce	

Other Business Risks 

transformer	 cores	 to	 supply	 the	 Group’s	 facilities	 in	

If	 any	 of	 the	 following	 risks	 were	 to	 occur	 they	 could	

Mexico.	 The	 Corefficient	 name	 will	 be	 retained	 by	

materially	 adversely	 affect	 HPS’	 financial	 condition,	

National.	Further	details	can	be	found	in	note	31	in	the	

liquidity	or	results	of	operations.

Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements	included	in	

our	2021	Annual	Report.

Coronavirus (COVID-19) Pandemic 

– Business Disruption/Interruption

Risks and uncertainties

Markets,	governments	and	health	organizations	around	

The	 Company’s	 goal	 is	 to	 proactively	 manage	 risks	 in	

the	 world	 have	 been	 impacted	 by	 the	 COVID-19	

a	 structured	 approach	 in	 conjunction	 with	 strategic	

pandemic.	 COVID-19	 has	 presented	 a	 wide	 range	 of	

planning,	 with	 the	 intent	 to	 preserve	 and	 enhance	

issues	 and	 complications	 for	 the	 Company,	 some	 of	

34

shareholder	 value.	 However,	 as	 with	 most	 businesses,	

which	the	Company	is	unable	to	know	the	full	extent.	

HPS	is	subject	to	a	number	of	marketplace,	industry	and	

Looking	forward,	while	 the	 increase	in	vaccination	

economic-related	business	risks,	which	could	cause	our	

levels	are	climbing,	there	is	a	guarded	business	optimism	

results	to	vary	materially	from	anticipated	future	results.	

but	some	uncertainty	and	unpredictability	persist	on	the	

The	 Company	 is	 aware	 of	 these	 risks	 and	 continually	

impacts	 of	 the	 COVID-19	 pandemic	 on	 the	 business	

assesses	the	current	and	potential	impacts	that	they	have	

climate	 and	 governmental	 and	 health	 authorities’	

on	the	business.	HPS	continuously	strives	to	curtail	the	

legislation.	 The	 full	 negative	 financial	 impact	 of	 the	

negative	impact	of	these	risks	through	diversification	of	

unprecedented	pandemic	will	not	be	fully	known	until	

its	core	business,	market	channel	expansion,	breadth	of	

the	economy	fully	recovers.

product	offering,	geographic	diversity	of	its	operations	

and	business	hedging	strategies.	

We may not realize all of the anticipated benefits 

of our acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures or 

Market supply and demand impact on commodity prices

strategic initiatives, or these benefits may take  

HPS	 relies	 on	 a	 global	 supply	 chain	 to	 meet	 its	

longer to realize than expected. 

manufacturing	 needs.	 We	 source	 both	 raw	 materials	

In	order	to	be	profitable,	the	Company	must	successfully	

and	components	from	our	own	factories	and	third	party	

execute	 upon	 its	 strategic	 initiatives	 and	 effectively	

suppliers.	 Industry	 supply	 shortages,	 including	 those	

manage	 the	 resulting	 changes	 in	 its	 operations.	 The	

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS 	
	
Company’s	 assumptions	 underlying	 its	 strategic	 plans	

legal	and	operating	risks,	such	as	political	and	economic	

may	be	subjective,	the	market	may	react	negatively	to	

instability;	prevalence	of	corruption	in	certain	countries;	

these	 plans,	 and	 HPS	 may	 not	 be	 able	 to	 successfully	

enforcement	 of	 contract	 and	

intellectual	 property	

execute	these	plans,	and	even	if	successfully	executed,	

rights	 and	 compliance	 with	 existing	 and	 future	 laws,	

its	actions	may	not	be	effective	or	may	not	lead	to	the	

regulations	 and	 policies,	 including	 those	 related	 to	

anticipated	benefits	within	the	expected	time	frame.			

tariffs,	 investments,	 taxation,	 trade	 controls,	 product	

These	 strategic	 initiatives	 can	 include	 acquisitions	

content	and	performance,	employment	and	repatriation	

and	 joint	 ventures.	 To	 be	 successful,	 management	

of	earnings.	

will	 conduct	 due	 diligence	 to	

identify	 valuation	

issues	 and	 potential	

loss	 contingencies,	 negotiate	

Our global business translates into conducting 

transaction	 terms,	 complete	 complex	 transactions	 and	

business in various currencies, all of which are  

manage	 post-closing	 matters	 such	 as	 the	 integration	

subject to fluctuations.

of	 acquired	 startup	 businesses.	 Management’s	 due	

HPS’	 global	 footprint	 exposes	 the	 Company	 to	

diligence	reviews	are	subject	to	the	completeness	and	

currency	 fluctuations	 and	 volatility	 and,	 at	 times,	 has	

accuracy	 of	 disclosures	 made	 by	 third	 parties.	 The	

had	 a	 significant	 impact	 on	 the	 financial	 results	 of	 the	

Company	 may	 incur	 unanticipated	 costs	 or	 expenses	

Company.	 The	 Company’s	 functional	 currency	 is	 the	

following	 a	 completed	 acquisition,	 including	 post-

Canadian	 dollar	 with	 its	 operating	 results	 reported	 in	

closing	asset	impairment	charges,	expenses	associated	

Canadian	dollars.	A	significant	portion	of	the	Company’s	

with	 eliminating	 duplicate	 facilities,	 litigation	 or	 other	

sales	 and	 material	 purchases	 are	 denominated	 in	 U.S.	

liabilities.								

dollars.	There	is	a	natural	hedge,	as	sales	denominated	

	 Many	 of	 the	 factors	 that	 could	 have	 an	 adverse	

in	 U.S.	 dollars	 are	 largely	 offset	 by	 the	 cost	 of	 raw	

impact	will	be	outside	of	management’s	control	and	could	

materials	 purchased	 from	 the	 U.S.,	 and	 commodities	

result	 in	 increased	 costs	 and	 decreases	 in	 the	 amount	

tied	 to	 U.S.	 dollar	 pricing.	 A	 change	 in	 the	 value	 of	

of	 expected	 revenues	 and	 diversion	 of	 management’s	

the	 Canadian	 dollar	 against	 the	 U.S.	 dollar	 will	 impact	

35

time	and	attention.	Failure	to	implement	an	acquisition	

earnings,	significantly	at	times.	Generally,	a	lower	value	

strategy,	 including	 successfully	 integrating	 acquired	

for	the	Canadian	dollar	compared	to	the	U.S.	dollar	will	

businesses,	 could	 have	 an	 adverse	 effect	 on	 our	

have	a	beneficial	impact	on	the	Company’s	results,	while	

business,	financial	condition	and	result	of	operations.								

a	higher	value	for	the	Canadian	dollar	compared	to	the	

U.S.	dollar	will	have	a	corresponding	negative	impact	on	

We  sell  to  customers  around  the  world  and  have 

the	Company’s	profitability.

global  operations  and,  therefore,  are  subject  to  

HPS	 has	 partially	 reduced	 the	 impact	 of	 foreign	

the risks of doing business in many countries. 

exchange	 fluctuations	 by	 increasing	 our	 U.S.	 dollar	

We	do	business	in	a	host	of	countries	around	the	world.	

driven	 manufacturing	 output,	 periodically	 instituting	

Approximately	 70%	 of	 our	 sales	 were	 to	 customers	

price	 increases	 to	 help	 offset	 negative	 changes	 and	

outside	 of	 Canada.	 In	 addition,	 a	 number	 of	 our	

entering	into	forward	foreign	exchange	contracts.

manufacturing	 operations,	 suppliers	 and	 employees	

are	 located	 in	 many	 places	 around	 the	 world.	 The	

Worldwide HPS is subject to, and required to comply 

future	 success	 of	 our	 business	 depends	 in	 large	 part	

with, multiple income and other taxes, regulations and 

on	 growth	 in	 our	 sales	 in	 non-Canadian	 markets.	 Our	

is exposed to uncertain tax liabilities risk.

global	 operations	 are	 subject	 to	 numerous	 financial,	

The	Company	operates	and	is	subject	to	income	tax	and	

ANNUAL REPORT 2021DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED	
			
	
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

other	 forms	 of	 taxation	 in	 numerous	 tax	 jurisdictions.	

business	 that	 crosses	 borders	 and	 any	 changes	 in	 the	

Taxation	 laws	 and	 rates,	 which	 determine	 taxation	

current	 trade	 structure	 could	 have	 a	 material	 impact	

expenses,	may	vary	significantly	in	different	jurisdictions,	

for	us.	HPS’	global	footprint	will	be	critical	to	mitigating	

and	legislation	governing	taxation	laws	and	rates	is	also	

any	impact	for	political	changes	that	would	modify	the	

subject	 to	 change.	Therefore,	 the	 Company’s	 earnings	

current	trade	relationships.

may	 be	 impacted	 by	 changes	 in	 the	 proportion	 of	

earnings	 taxed	 in	 different	 jurisdictions,	 changes	 in	

Our industry is highly competitive.  

taxation	 rates,	 changes	 in	 estimates	 of	 liabilities	 and	

HPS	 faces	 competition	 in	 all	 of	 our	 market	 segments.	

changes	in	the	amount	of	other	forms	of	taxation.	Tax	

Current	 and	 potential	 competitors	 may	 have	 greater	

structures	are	subject	to	review	by	both	domestic	and	

brand	 name	 recognition,	 more	 established	 distribution	

foreign	 taxation	 authorities.	 Tax	 filings	 are	 subject	 to	

networks,	 access	 to	

larger	 customer	 bases	 and	

audits,	 which	 could	 materially	 change	 the	 amount	 of	

substantially	 greater	 financial,	 distribution,	 technical,	

current	and	deferred	income	tax	assets	and	liabilities.						

sales	 and	 market,	 manufacturing	 and	 other	 resources	

We face the potential harms of natural disasters, 

pandemics, acts of war, terrorism, international 

conflicts or other disruptions to our operations. 

Our	business	depends	on	the	movement	of	goods	around	

the	world.	Natural	disasters,	pandemics,	acts	or	threats	

of	 war	 or	 terrorism,	 international	 conflicts,	 political	

instability	and	the	actions	taken	by	governments	could	

cause	damage	to	or	disrupt	our	business	operations,	our	

suppliers	or	our	customers	and	could	create	economic	

36

instability.	 Although	 it	 is	 not	 possible	 to	 predict	 such	

than	 HPS	 does.	 As	 a	 result,	 those	 competitors	 may	

have	 advantages	 relative	 to	 HPS;	 including	 stronger	

bargaining	power	with	suppliers	that	may	result	in	more	

favourable	pricing,	the	ability	to	secure	supplies	at	time	

of	 shortages,	 economies	 of	 scale	 in	 production,	 the	

ability	 to	 respond	 more	 quickly	 to	 changing	 customer	

demands	and	the	ability	to	devote	greater	resources	to	

the	development,	promotion	and	sales	of	their	products	

and	 services.	 If	 HPS	 is	 unable	 to	 compete	 effectively,	

it	 may	 experience	 a	 loss	 of	 market	 share	 or	 reduced	

profitability.	 We	 expect	 the	 level	 of	 competition	 to	

events	 or	 their	 consequences,	 these	 events	 could	

remain	high	in	the	future.

decrease	 demand	 for	 our	 products	 make	 it	 difficult	 or	

impossible	to	deliver	our	products,	or	disrupt	our	global	

Our business is highly sensitive to global and regional 

material	sourcing.		

Political uncertainty and potential for changes in the 

business environment can lead to legislative changes 

that could impact business. 

Changing	 legislative	 mandates	 in	 the	 countries	 with	

which	 we	 do	 business	 may	 result	 in	 a	 number	 of	

economic conditions in the industries we serve.

Current	 global	 economic	 conditions	

influence	 the	

Company’s	

focus,	 direction,	

strategic	

initiatives	

and	 financial	 performance.	 To	 address	 the	 current	

uncertainty,	 we	 are	 focusing	 our	 efforts	 on	 projects	

that	 will	 increase	 our	 market	 reach,	 advance	 our	 cost	

competitiveness,	 expand	 capacity	 and	 improve	 our	

geopolitical	 risks	 that	 could	 be	 challenging	 for	 the	

manufacturing	flexibility.			

Company.	The	impact	of	these	political	changes	can	be	

difficult	to	predict	and	can	have	a	pervasive	impact	on	

the	global	business	climate.	Changes	in	political	leaders	

can	impact	trade	relations	as	well	as	taxes	and/or	duties.	

HPS’	current	structure	includes	a	significant	amount	of	

The	 Company	 believes	 that	 being	 an	 agile	

organization	will	hold	even	greater	importance	in	order	

to	 respond	 quickly	 to	 both	 unexpected	 opportunities	

and	challenges.	HPS’	management	believes	that	the	key	

to	 expanding	 our	 market	 share	 is	 growing	 our	 access	

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS 			
	
to	 a	 variety	 of	 domestic	 and	 global	 markets.	 This	 will	

cyber	 attacks	 and	 viruses	 on	 companies’	 information	

be	 achieved	 through	 our	 current	 and	 new	 OEM	 and	

infrastructure	 and	 technologies.	 A	 successful	 cyber	

distributor	channels.	

attack	could	result	in	misappropriation	of	assets,	cause	

interruptions	 to	 manufacturing	 and	 our	 ability	 to	 take	

The disruption to businesses that can come from 

orders,	 as	 well	 as	 impact	 our	 general	 productivity.		

unpredictable weather can have an impact on sales 

This	 risk	 is	 reduced	 through	 a	 number	 of	 initiatives	 to	

volume as customer projects can be delayed or 

mitigate	exposure.		

cancelled.

Extreme	 weather	 conditions	 such	 as	 heavy	 rains,	

Off-balance sheet arrangements

flooding,	 snowfall,	 tornadoes	 and	 hurricanes	 can	

The	Company	has	no	off-Balance	Sheet	arrangements,	

potentially	 have	 a	 negative	 impact	 on	 the	 Company’s	

other	 than	 capital	 commitments	 disclosed	 in	 note	 15	

sales	trends	and	booking	rates.	When	these	conditions	

in	the	Notes	to	the	Consolidated	Financial	Statements	

are	present,	the	Company	may	see	short-term	effects	of	

contained	in	our	2021	Annual	Report.

such	occurrences	due	to	their	unpredictability.	This	may	

impact	delivery	and	capacity	requirements.	

Transactions with related parties

The business practice of extending credit to customers 

can lead to a risk of uncollectability.

The	 Company	 had	 transactions	 with	 related	 parties	

in	 2021,	 as	 disclosed	 in	 note	 23	 in	 the	 Notes	 to	 the	

Consolidated	 Financial	 Statements	 contained	 in	 our	

A	 substantial	 portion	 of	 the	 Company’s	 accounts	

2021	Annual	Report.

receivable	are	with	customers	in	manufacturing	sectors	

and	are	subject	to	credit	risks	normal	to	those	industries.	

The	 Company’s	 expansion	

into	 emerging	 markets	

increases	 credit	 risk.	 This	 risk	 is	 partially	 mitigated	 by	

managements	 credit	 policy	 under	 which	 each	 new	

customer	 is	 analysed	 individually	 for	 creditworthiness	

before	 the	 Company’s	 standard	 payment	 and	 delivery	

Proposed transactions

The	 Company	 had	 no	 proposed	 transactions	 as	 at	

December	 31,	 2021.	 The	 Company	 continues	 to	

evaluate	 potential	 business	 expansion	 initiatives	 in	

37

accordance	with	its	long-term	growth	strategy.

terms	 and	 conditions	 are	 offered.	 The	 Company’s	

Financial instruments

review	 includes	 external	 ratings,	 if	 they	 are	 available,	

financial	statements,	credit	agency	information,	industry	

information	 and	 in	 some	 cases	 bank	 references.	 Sale	

limits	 are	 established	 for	 each	 customer	 and	 reviewed	

quarterly.	 Any	 sales	 exceeding	 those	 limits	 require	

The	 Company’s	 financial	 instruments	 consist	 of	 cash	

and	 cash	 equivalents,	 accounts	 receivable,	 long-term	

lease	 receivable,	 note	 receivable,	 bank	 operating	 lines	

of	 credit,	 accounts	 payable	 and	 accrued	 liabilities,	

contingent	 consideration	 and	 the	 following	 derivative	

approval	 from	 Executive	 management.	 Although	 the	

instruments:

Company	 has	 historically	 incurred	 very	 low	 bad	 debt	

expense,	the	current	economic	environment	conditions	

elevate	 this	 exposure	 and	 the	 Company’s	 future	

collection	rate	may	differ	from	its	historical	experience.	

Risk of cyber attack

At	 December	 31,	 2021,	 the	 Company	 had	

outstanding	 foreign	 exchange	 contracts	 in	 place	 to	

buy	 for	 17,350	 EUR	 and	 $23,275	 USD	 –	 which	 were	

implemented	as	an	economic	hedge	against	translation	

gains	 and	 losses	 on	 inter-company	 loans	 and	 $68,500	

USD	to	economically	hedge	the	U.S.	dollar	denominated	

Globally	there	have	been	increased	incidences	of	outside	

accounts	 payable	 in	 the	 Canadian	 operations	 of	 HPS.	

ANNUAL REPORT 2021DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED	
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

The	 Company	 also	 had	 outstanding	 foreign	 exchange	

Business	 Combinations	

requires	 acquirers	

to	

contracts	 to	 sell	 for	 34,700	 EUR	 and	 $69,757	 USD.	

recognize	the	identifiable	assets	acquired	and	liabilities	

The	 Company	 had	 total	 outstanding	 foreign	 exchange	

assumed	 at	 fair	 value.	 The	 determination	 of	 fair	 value	

contracts	in	place	as	at	December	31,	2020	for	17,500	

requires	 Management	 to	 make	 estimates	 around	 the	

EUR	and	$12,500	USD	and	330,000	INR	as	economic	

value	an	independent	third	party,	under	no	compulsion	

hedges	 against	 translation	 gains	 and	 losses	 on	 inter-

to	 act,	 would	 pay	 for	 an	 asset	 acquired	 or	 liability	

company	 loans	 and	 $46,500	 USD	 to	 economically	

assumed	 on	 a	 standalone	 basis.	 	 Where	 possible,	

hedge	the	U.S.	dollar	denominated	accounts	payable	in	

Management	 engages	 third-party	 appraisers	 to	 assist	

the	Canadian	operations.

in	 the	 determination	 of	 the	 fair	value	 of	 real	 property	

Further	 details	 regarding	 the	 Company’s	 financial	

acquired.	 	 The	 fair	 value	 of	 acquired	 intangible	 assets	

instruments	 and	 the	 associated	 risks	 are	 disclosed	 in	

are	 generally	 determined	 using	 discounted	 cash	 flow	

note	 27	 in	 the	 Notes	 to	 the	 Consolidated	 Financial	

models	 and	 involve	 the	 use	 of	 cash	 flow	 forecasts,	

Statements	contained	in	our	2021	Annual	Report.

market-based	 discount	 rates,	 and/or	 market-based	

Critical accounting estimates 

royalty	 rates.	 	 The	 fair	 values	 of	 liabilities	 assumed	 is	

generally	based	on	discounted	cash	flow	models	which	

The	preparation	of	the	Company’s	consolidated	financial	

involve	 the	 use	 of	 market-based	 discount	 rates.	 	 The	

statements	requires	Management	to	make	estimates	and	

development	 of	 cash	 flow	 forecasts	 involve	 the	 use	

assumptions	that	affect	the	reported	amounts	of	assets,	

of	 estimates,	 which	 may	 differ	 from	 actual	 cash	 flows	

liabilities,	 revenues	 and	 expenses	 and	 the	 disclosure	

realized.	Assumptions	are	involved	in	the	determination	

of	 contingent	 assets	 and	 liabilities.	 These	 estimates	

of	discount	rates	and	royalty	rates.

are	 based	 upon	 Management’s	 historical	 experience	

The	 Company	 records	 a	 provision	 for	 warranties	

and	 various	 other	 assumptions	 that	 are	 believed	 by	

based	 on	 historical	 warranty	 claim	 information	 and	

Management	to	be	reasonable	under	the	circumstances.	

anticipated	 warranty	 claims,	 based	 on	 a	 weighted	

38

Such	assumptions	and	estimates	are	evaluated	on	an	

probability	of	possible	outcomes.		

ongoing	basis	and	form	the	basis	for	making	judgments	

The	 key	 assumptions	 made	 by	 management	 in	

about	 the	 carrying	 values	 of	 assets	 and	 liabilities	 that	

recording	the	provision	are	i)	warranty	cost,	ii)	probability	

are	 not	 readily	 apparent	 from	 other	 sources.	 Actual	

of	claim,	and	iii)	quantum	of	units	which	may	be	subject	

results	could	differ	from	these	estimates.	

to	any	warranty	claim.

The	 Company	 conducts	 its	 annual	 impairment	

	 Quantifying	

provisions	

inherently	

involves	

assessment	of	goodwill,	intangible	assets	and	property,	

judgment,	 and	 future	 events	 and	 conditions	 may	

plant	and	equipment	in	the	fourth	quarter	of	each	year,	

impact	these	assumptions.	Differences	in	actual	future	

which	 corresponds	with	 its	 annual	 planning	 cycle,	 and	

experience	from	the	assumptions	utilized	may	result	in	

whenever	events	or	changes	in	circumstances	indicate	

a	greater	or	lower	warranty	cost.		

that	the	carrying	amount	of	an	asset	or	Cash	Generating	

Unit	(“CGU”)	may	not	be	recoverable.	The	Company	did	

Outstanding share data

not	identify	any	triggering	events	during	the	course	of	

Details	of	the	Company’s	outstanding	share	data	as	of	

2021	 indicating	 that	 the	 carrying	 amount	 of	 its	 assets	

December	31,	2021,	are	as	follows:

and	CGUs	may	not	be	recoverable,	which	would	require	

		9,011,624	

Class	A	Shares

the	performance	of	an	impairment	test	for	those	CGUs	

		2,778,300	

Class	B	Common	Shares

which	did	not	contain	goodwill.		

11,789,924	

Total	Class	A	and	B	Shares

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS 	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
There	have	been	no	material	changes	to	the	outstanding	

Cloud computing arrangement costs

share	data	as	of	the	date	of	this	report.	

On	April	28,	2021	the	IFRS	Interpretations	Committee	

issued	 a	 final	 agenda	 decision	 on	 cloud	 computing	

New accounting pronouncements

arrangements.	 The	 agenda	 aimed	 to	 clarify	 guidance	

IBOR – Phase 2 (Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39,  

on	how	customers	should	account	for	implementation	

IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16)

costs	incurred	in	a	software-as-a-service	arrangement.	

In	August	2020,	the	IASB	issued	Phase	2	amendments,	

This	 further	 builds	 upon	 the	 March	 2019	 agenda	

which	 amended	 the	 requirements	 in	 IFRS	 9,	 IAS	 39,	

which	 distinguished	 hosting	 arrangements	 in	 which	

IFRS	7,	IFRS	4,	and	IFRS	16,	principally	addressing	the	

the	customer	receives	a	software	intangible	asset	from	

following	areas:

those	that	do	not,	and	therefore	are	service	contracts.		

•	 modification	of	a	financial	asset	or	a	financial		

The	 Company	 adopted	 this	 agenda	 decision	 on	 a	

liability;

•	 modification	of	a	lease;

•	 additional	reliefs	for	hedging	relationships;

•	 new	disclosures;	and

•	 effective	date	and	transition.	

retrospective	basis.	The	adoption	of	the	amendments	did	

not	have	a	material	impact	on	the	financial	statements.

New accounting pronouncements to be adopted

The	 International	 Accounting	 Standards	 Board	 has	

The	 Company	 adopted	 the	 amendments	 in	 its	

issued	 the	 following	 Standards,	 Interpretations	 and	

financial	statements	for	the	annual	period	beginning	on		

Amendments	 to	 Standards	 that	 are	 not	 yet	 effective,	

January	 1,	 2021.	 The	 adoption	 of	 the	 amendments		

have	 not	yet	 been	 adopted	 by	 the	 Group	 and	 are	 not	

did	 not	 have	 a	 material	 impact	 on	 the	 consolidated	

expected	to	have	a	material	impact	on	the	consolidated	

financial	statements.	

financial	statements.	

The	 Group	

intends	 to	 adopt	 the	

following	

COVID-19-related rent concessions  

amendments	 in	 its	 financial	 statements	 for	 the	 annual	

(Amendments to IFRS 16)

period	beginning	on	January	1,	2022:

39

In	 May	 2020,	 the	 IASB	 issued	 COVID-19-related	

•	 Property,	 Plant	 and	 Equipment	 –	 Proceeds	 before	

rent	 concessions,	 which	 amended	

IFRS	 16.	 The	

Intended	Use	(Amendments	to	IAS	16);

2020	 amendments	 introduced	 an	 optional	 practical	

•	 Onerous	 Contracts	 –	 Cost	 of	 Fulfilling	 a	 Contract	

expedient	that	simplifies	how	a	lessee	accounts	for	rent	

(Amendments	to	IAS	37);

concessions	that	are	a	direct	consequence	of	COVID-19,	

•	 Reference	

to	

the	

Conceptual	

Framework	

only	 if	 certain	 conditions	 are	 met.	 Under	 the	 practical	

(Amendments	to	IFRS	3);	and

expedient,	 a	 lessee	 is	 not	 required	 to	 assess	 whether	

•	 Annual	Improvements	to	IFRS	Standard	2018-2020.

eligible	rent	concessions	are	lease	modifications,	instead	

The	 following	 amendments	 are	 effective	 for	 the	

accounting	for	them	in	accordance	with	other	applicable	

annual	period	beginning	on	January	1,	2023:

guidance.

•	 Classification	of	Liabilities	as	Current	or	Non-Current	

The	 Company	 adopted	 the	 amendments	 in	 its	

(Amendments	to	IAS	1);

financial	 statements	 for	 the	 annual	 period	 beginning	

•	 Definition	 of	 accounting	 estimates	 (Amendments	 to	

on	January	1,	2021.	The	adoption	of	the	amendments	

IAS	8);

did	 not	 have	 any	 impact	 on	 the	 consolidated	 financial	

•	 Disclosure	

initiative	

–	

accounting	

policies	

statements.

(Amendments	to	IAS	1	and	IFRS	Practice	Statement	2	

Making	Materiality	Judgments);	and

ANNUAL REPORT 2021DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED	
	
	
		
	
	
	
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

•	 Deferred	 tax	 related	 to	 assets	 and	 liabilities	 arising	

o	 Designing	energy	efficient	products;

from	 a	 single	 transaction	 (Amendments	 to	 IAS	 12	

o	 Shrinking	our	ecological	footprint;	and

Income	Taxes).

o	 Energizing	 the	 world	 in	 a	 responsible	 way	 for	 the	

The	 Group	 is	 evaluating	 the	 impact	 of	 adoption.		

generations	to	come.

The	Group	intends	to	adopt	the	following	amendment	

The	 demand	 for	 our	 transformers	 particularly	 in	

once	an	effective	date	has	been	announced:

North	America	continues	to	accelerate	and	sales	volumes	

•	 Sale	 or	 Contribution	 of	 Assets	 Between	 an	 Investor	

have	 returned	 to	 pre-pandemic	 levels.	 While	 we	 have	

and	its	Associate	or	Joint	Venture.

seen	 improvements	 in	 business	 activity	 and	 demand,		

we	 have	 also	 experienced	 rapidly	 rising	 commodity		

Strategic direction and outlook

costs	 as	 well	 as	 supply	 shortages.	 Based	 on	 the	

HPS	 has	 a	 rich	 and	 extensive	 history	 of	 growth,	

combination	of	these	factors,	the	Company	expects	to	

innovation	and	resilience.	The	Company	has	navigated	

see	continued	growth	in	revenues.			It	is	difficult	to	know	

through	 difficult	 and	 fluctuating	 economic	 times,	

for	how	long	higher	commodity	prices	will	be	sustained,	

increased	globalization,	adapted	to	changes	in	customers	

in	 particular	 those	 for	 grain-oriented	 electrical	 steel,	

and	markets	and	has	experienced	significant	advances	

but	 at	 this	 time	 there	 are	 few	 indicators	 that	 would	

in	 technology.	 HPS	 has	 framed	 these	 challenges	 as	

indicate	 that	 these	 costs	 will	 come	 down	 during	 the	

opportunities	 and	 developed	 strategies	 to	 address	

first	half	of	the	year.		It	has	been,	and	is,	HPS’	objective	

these	rapid	changes.	

to	 maintain	 gross	 margins	 in	 the	 face	 of	 rising	 prices.	

The	 Company	 is	 confronting	 these	 challenges	

We	will	continue	to	do	so	in	the	future.

and	 continuously	 building	 our	 strategic	 advantage	 by	

During	2021,	we	added	over	200	new	distributors	

focusing	on:

and	began	to	put	the	infrastructure	in	place	to	support	

•	 Developing	our	Customers	and	Markets	by:

our	 growth	 initiative	 into	 Mexico.	 We	 believe	 that	

o	 Driving	 organic	 growth	 through	 continuing	 to	

Mexico	 has	 strong	 potential	 for	 us	 as	 a	 sales	 market	

40

develop	our	NAED	channel;

due	to	its	proximity	to	our	manufacturing	locations	and	

o	 Offering	 competitive	 products,	

including	 an	

our	 ability	 to	 leverage	 existing	 people,	 product,	 and	

expanding	product	quality	offering;

supply	chain.

o	 Providing	 unparalleled	 service	 to	 our	 customers;	

The	 most	 recent	 acquisition	 of	 Mesta	 Electronics	

and

Inc.	 has	 expanded	 HPS’	 offering	 into	 standard	 and	

o	 Growing	through	strategic	acquisitions.

custom	 active	 filter	 and	 induction	 heating	 products.		

•	 Achieving	Operational	and	Financial	Excellence	by:

Mesta	shares	an	excellent	reputation	for	product	quality,	

o	 Driving	continuous	improvement;

design	 and	 reliability.	 Mesta	 not	 only	 expands	 HPS’		

o	 Improving	 efficiency	 by	 investing	 in	 equipment,	

U.S.	 presence	 but	 also	 broadens	 our	 power	 solutions	

people	and	technology;	and

product	 offering	 and	 manufacturing	 capabilities	 in	

o	 Optimizing	the	efficiency	of	our	global	manufacturing	

power	quality	solutions.	

footprint.

	 Our	 Canadian	 entities	 received	 a	 government	

•	 Developing	our	People	and	Culture	by:

subsidy	for	eligible	wages	in	Quarter	2,	3	and	4,	2020	

o	 Building	our	leadership	team	for	the	future;

and	 Quarter	 1,	 2,	 and	 3,	 2021	 which	 supported	 our	

o	 Developing	our	people	to	perform;	and

Canadian	staff	employment.	Despite	lower	sales	volumes	

o	 Making	HPS	a	preferred	employer.

and	a	high	degree	of	uncertainty	during	2020	and	2021,	

•	 Building	a	Sustainabilty	Program	by

we	 were	 able	 to	 protect	 Canadian	 jobs	 as	 a	 result	 of	

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS 	
	
	
	
	
the	 subsidy.	 	 The	 Company	 has	 implemented	 robust	

investing	in	equipment	and	machinery	that	will	allow	us	

health	 and	 safety	 precautions	 dedicated	 to	 providing	

to	keep	up	with	future	demand	and	allow	us	to	optimize	

a	 safe	 working	 environment	 for	 our	 employees	 while	

our	manufacturing	capabilities	at	our	various	locations.	

continuing	 to	 manufacture	 and	 serve	 our	 customers	

We	 are	 also	 investing	 in	 business	 technology	 that	will	

during	 this	 volatile,	 unpredictable	 time.	 	 Where	 able,	

help	us	become	more	efficient	and	provide	us	with	the	

the	Company	has	provided	tools	to	allow	employees	to	

data	that	we	need	to	improve	our	business.

work	remotely	to	assist	with	managing	school	closures	

The	Company	continues	to	have	a	strong	reputation	

and	health	concerns.

of	being	an	industry	leader	and	is	both	operationally	and	

The	implementation	of	our	ERP	system	has	allowed	

financially	 strong.	 HPS	 is	 well	 positioned	 to	 meet	 the	

HPS	to	enhance	the	availability	and	quality	of	information	

evolving	needs	of	our	traditional	markets	while	becoming	

accessible	to	support	operational	performance,	improve	

a	 leading	 player	 in	 a	 growing	 number	 of	 other	 market	

customer	service,	supplement	strategic	decision	making	

sectors.	 We	 continue	 to	 be	 focused	 on	 escalation	 of	

and	audit	and	control.	During	Quarter	2,	2021	the	ERP	

market	share,	improved	sales	growth	from	new	product	

system	 went	 live	 in	 our	 operation	 in	 Granby,	 Quebec.	

development,	 geographic	 diversification,	 productivity	

This	implementation	project	began	in	Quarter	1,	2020	

gains,	cost	reduction	and	capacity	flexibility.		

and	 represents	 the	 Company’s	 final	 operation	 to	 be	

HPS’	 strategic	 vision	 and	 operational	 initiatives	

converted	to	our	ERP	platform.	The	consolidation	to	the	

have	 supported	 our	 industry	 leadership,	 operational	

ERP	 platform	 is	 an	 important	 step	 towards	 providing	

strength	and	financial	stability.	The	combination	of	our	

one	global,	integrated,	consistent	source	of	information	

resilience,	 drive,	 decades	 of	 experience,	 commitment,	

and	data.		

engineering	expertise,	solid	supplier	relationships	and	a	

During	 2021,	 the	 Company	 implemented	 a	 new	

broad	and	unique	business	perspective	gained	through	

Human	 Resource	 Management	 System,	

(“HRMS”)	

our	diverse	products,	customers	and	markets	are	all	key	

platform	 to	 move	 the	 Company	 to	 a	 common	 payroll	

success	factors	critical	to	our	success.	

and	human	resource	system.	This	platform	will	enhance	

The	Company	has	provided	shareholders	with	strong	

41

our	

internal	 communications,	 create	 efficiencies,	

earnings	per	share,	solid	cash	generation	and	quarterly	

improve	controls,	incorporate	additional	career	planning	

dividends	paid	with	an	attractive	yield.	To	continue	this	

and	allow	for	better	data	analysis.		This	implementation	

trend	HPS	is	focused	on	sales	development,	continued	

project	 began	 in	 Quarter	 1,	 2021	 and	 went	 live	 on	

NAED	 channel	 expansion,	 product	 development,	 and	

January	1,	2022.

bringing	quality	and	value	to	all	that	we	produce.		Our	

HPS	has	modern	manufacturing	facilities	throughout	

strategic	 initiatives	 and	 focused	 plans	will	 continue	 to	

the	 world	 and	 this	 continues	 to	 be	 enhanced	 through	

allow	HPS	to	grow	and	expand.		

our	committed	capital	investment.	As	we	grow,	we	are	

ANNUAL REPORT 2021DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED	
	
	
	
	
	
Selected Annual and Quarterly Information

(tabular	amounts	in	thousands	of	dollars)

Annual Information (1)

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

Sales

Earnings	from	operations

EBITDA

Net	earnings	(loss)

Total	assets

Non-current	liabilities

Total	liabilities

Total	shareholders’	equity	attributable		

					to	equity	holders	of	the	Company

Operating	debt,	net	of	cash

Cash	provided	by	operations

Basic	earnings	(loss)	per	share

Diluted	earnings	(loss)	per	share

Dividends	declared	and	paid

Average	exchange	rate	(USD$=CAD$)

Book	value	per	share

301,750

314,082

358,792

322,097

380,202

14,470

23,069

6,114

192,449

3,641

77,438

114,848

(16,983)

1,032

0.53

0.52

2,809

1.298

9.80

2020

13,779

17,915

(12,917)

205,527

2,528

96,793

20,543

28,175

11,607

214,953

11,271

105,186

22,041

29,482

14,062

23,151

30,114

15,176

189,394

235,099

8,329

75,478

7,104

109,097

108,734

109,767

113,916

126,002

(17,056)

6,474

(1.10)

(1.10)

2,818

1.294

9.26

(9,326)

17,810

0.99

0.99

3,287

1.327

9.36

(1,278)

19,683

1.20

1.20

3,993

1.343

9.70

2021

1,638

20,447

1.29

1.28

4,009

1.253

10.69

Quarterly Information

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Sales	

88,420

75,393

78,115

80,169

80,121

88,277

95,526

116,278

Earnings	from	operations

42

EBITDA

Net	earnings

Total	assets

3,033

5,678

2,148

6,514

8,447

4,420

5,447

7,466

3,462

7,047

7,891

4,032

3,402

5,349

2,298

7,620

8,694

4,689

5,909

7,378

3,948

6,220

8,693

4,241

212,929

197,895

203,443

189,394

192,395

208,865

221,549

235,757

Non-current	liabilities

9,729

9,039

8,558

8,329

7,546

7,018

6,486

7,104

Total	liabilities

97,156

81,375

87,215

75,478

77,559

91,691

98,951

109,097

Total	shareholders’	equity		

		attributable	to	equity		

		holders	of	the	Company

115,773

116,520

116,228

113,916

114,836

117,174

122,598

126,002

Operating	debt,	net	of	cash

(18,356)

(12,906)

(4,790)

(1,278)

(11,754)

(14,392)

(15,399)

1,638

Cash	(used)	provided	by	
operations	

Basic	earnings	per	share

Diluted	earnings	per	share

Dividends	declared	and	paid

Average	exchange	rate	
(USD$=CAD$)

(6,038)

7,229

10,419

8,073

(6,854)

0.18

0.18

998

0.38

0.38

999

0.30

0.30

998

0.34

0.34

998

0.19

0.19

(29)

0.40

0.40

7,430

19,900

0.34

0.34

0.36

0.35

1,002

1,002

1,002

1,002

1.339

1.391

1.335

1.309

1.268

1.231

1.257

1.258

Book	value	per	share

9.86

9.92

9.90

9.70

9.78

9.94

10.4

10.69

(1)	Balances	for	2017	not	restated	to	reflect	discontinued	operations

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS Management’s Responsibility for Financial Statements

The	 Consolidated	 Financial	 Statements	 are	 the	 responsibility	 of	 the	 management	 of	 Hammond	 Power	 Solutions	 Inc.	 These	
statements	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	(“IFRS”),	using	management’s	best	
estimates	and	judgments	where	appropriate.
	 Management	is	responsible	for	the	reliability	and	integrity	of	the	Consolidated	Financial	Statements,	the	Notes	to	Consolidated	
Financial	Statements	and	other	financial	information	contained	in	the	report.	In	the	preparation	of	these	statements,	estimates	
were	 sometimes	 necessary	 because	 a	 precise	 determination	 of	 certain	 assets	 and	 liabilities	 is	 dependent	 on	 future	 events.	
Management	believes	such	estimates	have	been	based	on	careful	judgment	and	have	been	properly	reflected	in	the	accompanying	
Consolidated	Financial	Statements.	Management	is	responsible	for	the	maintenance	of	a	system	of	internal	controls	designed	to	
provide	reasonable	assurances	that	the	assets	are	safeguarded	and	that	accounting	systems	provide	timely,	accurate	and	reliable	
financial	information.
	 The	Board	of	Directors	is	responsible	for	ensuring	that	management	fulfills	its	responsibilities	through	the	Audit	Committee	
of	the	Board,	which	is	composed	of	all	of	the	directors,	of	whom	six	are	non-management	directors.	The	Audit	Committee	meets	
periodically	with	 management	 and	 the	 auditors	 to	 satisfy	 itself	 that	 management’s	 responsibilities	 are	 properly	 discharged,	 to	
review	the	Consolidated	Financial	Statements	and	to	recommend	approval	of	the	Consolidated	Financial	Statements	to	the	Board	
of	Directors.
	 KPMG	 LLP,	 the	 independent	 auditors	 appointed	 by	 the	 shareholders,	 has	 audited	 the	 Company’s	 Consolidated	 Financial		
Statements	in	accordance	with	Canadian	generally	accepted	auditing	standards,	and	their	report	follows.	The	independent	auditors		
have	full	and	unrestricted	access	to	the	Audit	Committee	to	discuss	their	audit	and	related	findings	as	to	the	integrity	of	the	financial		
reporting	process.

William	G.	Hammond
Chairman	of	the	Board		
&	Chief	Executive	Officer

Richard	C.	Vollering	
Corporate	Secretary		
&	Chief	Financial	Officer

March	24,	2022

43

To the Shareholders of Hammond Power Solutions Inc.

Opinion
We	have	audited	the	consolidated	financial	statements	of	Hammond	Power	Solutions	Inc.	(the	Entity),	which	comprise:

•	 the	consolidated	statements	of	financial	position	as	at	end	of	December	31,	2021	and	end	of	December	31,	2020

•	 the	consolidated	statements	of	operations	for	the	years	then	ended

•	 the	consolidated	statements	of	comprehensive	income	for	the	years	then	ended

•	 the	consolidated	statements	of	changes	in	equity	for	the	years	then	ended

•	 the	consolidated	statements	of	cash	flows	for	the	years	then	ended

•	 and	notes	to	the	consolidated	financial	statements,	including	a	summary	of	significant	accounting	policies
(Hereinafter	referred	to	as	the	“financial	statements”).

In	our	opinion,	the	accompanying	financial	statements	present	fairly,	in	all	material	respects,	the	consolidated	financial	
position	of	the	Entity	as	December	31,	2021	and	December	31,	2020,	and	its	consolidated	financial	performance	and	its	
consolidated	cash	flows	for	the	years	then	ended	in	accordance	with	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	(IFRS).

Basis for Opinion	
We	 conducted	 our	 audit	 in	 accordance	with	 Canadian	 generally	 accepted	 auditing	 standards.	 	 Our	 responsibilities	 under	
those	standards	are	further	described	in	the	“Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements”	section	of	our	
auditors’	report.		
	 We	are	independent	of	the	Entity	in	accordance	with	the	ethical	requirements	that	are	relevant	to	our	audit	of	the	financial	
statements	in	Canada	and	we	have	fulfilled	our	other	ethical	responsibilities	in	accordance	with	these	requirements.
We	believe	that	the	audit	evidence	we	have	obtained	is	sufficient	and	appropriate	to	provide	a	basis	for	our	opinion.

Key Audit Matters
Key	audit	matters	are	those	matters	that,	in	our	professional	judgment,	were	of	most	significance	in	our	audit	of	the	financial	

ANNUAL REPORT 2021	
		
statements	 for	 the	year	 ended	 December	 31,	 2021.	These	 matters	were	 addressed	 in	 the	 context	 of	 our	 audit	 of	 the	 financial	
statements	as	a	whole,	and	in	forming	our	opinion	thereon,	and	we	do	not	provide	a	separate	opinion	on	these	matters.
	 We	have	determined	the	matters	described	below	to	be	the	key	audit	matters	to	be	communicated	in	our	auditors’	report.

Evaluation of the carrying value of goodwill for the India cash generating unit
Description of the matter
We	draw	attention	to	notes	2(d)(ii),	3(g)	and	12	of	the	financial	statements.	The	goodwill	balance	is	$12,766	thousand,	of	which,	
$8,527	 thousand	 relates	 to	 the	 Hammond	 Power	 Solutions	 Private	 Limited	 (“India”)	 cash	 generating	 unit	 (“CGU”).	 	 The	 Entity	
conducts	its	annual	impairment	assessment	of	goodwill	on	an	annual	basis	or	whenever	events	or	changes	in	circumstances	indicate	
that	the	carrying	amount	of	a	CGU	may	not	be	recoverable.		Performing	impairment	testing	requires	management	to	determine	the	
estimated	recoverable	amount	of	the	relevant	cash-generating	units	on	the	basis	of	projected	future	cash	flows.	The	determination	
of	the	recoverable	amount	requires	management	to	make	significant	estimates	and	assumptions	which	include	projected	revenue,	
projected	gross	margin	rates,	terminal	growth	rates,	and	the	discount	rate.			

Why the matter is a key audit matter
We	identified	the	evaluation	of	the	goodwill	impairment	analysis	for	the	India	CGU	as	a	key	audit	matter.	The	estimated	recoverable	
amount	of	the	India	CGU	approximated	its	carrying	value.		This	indicated	a	significant	risk	of	misstatement	as	changes	to	certain	
significant	assumptions	had	a	significant	effect	on	the	recoverable	amount	of	the	India	CGU.		As	a	result,	significant	auditor	judgment	
was	required	in	evaluating	the	results	of	the	audit	procedures.		

How the matter was addressed in the audit
The	following	are	the	primary	procedures	we	performed	to	address	this	key	audit	matter:

•	 We	compared	the	Entity’s	historical	projected	revenue	and	projected	gross	margin	rates	to	actual	results	to	assess	the	Entity’s	

ability	to	accurately	project	revenue	and	gross	margin	rates.

•	 We	performed	sensitivity	analyses	over	the	projected	revenue	and	gross	margin	rate	assumptions	by	using	average	actual	growth	
rates	realized	in	previous	years	to	assess	the	impact	on	the	Entity’s	determination	that	the	estimated	recoverable	amount	of	the	
CGU	exceeded	its	carrying	value.

•	 We	 evaluated	 the	 terminal	 growth	 rate	 by	 comparing	 to	 overall	 market	 and	 industry	 conditions	 and	 overall	 macro-economic	

conditions.

•	 We	 involved	valuation	 professionals	with	 specialized	 skills	 and	 knowledge,	who	 assisted	 in	 evaluating	 the	 appropriateness	 of	
the	 discount	 rate	 assumption	 used	 in	 the	 estimated	 recoverable	 amount,	 by	 comparing	 it	 to	 a	 discount	 rate	 range	 that	 was	
independently	developed	using	publicly	available	information	and	considering	risks	specific	to	the	CGU.

44

Other Information
Management	is	responsible	for	the	other	information.	Other	information	comprises:
•	 The	information	included	in	Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis	filed	with	the	relevant	Canadian	Securities	Commissions.
•	 The	information,	other	than	the	financial	statements	and	the	auditors’	report	thereon,	included	in	a	document	entitled	“Annual	

Report	2021”.

	 Our	opinion	on	the	financial	statements	does	not	cover	the	other	information	and	we	do	not	and	will	not	express	any	form	of	
assurance	conclusion	thereon.	

In	connection	with	our	audit	of	the	financial	statements,	our	responsibility	is	to	read	the	other	information	identified	above	and,	in	
doing	so,	consider	whether	the	other	information	is	materially	inconsistent	with	the	financial	statements	or	our	knowledge	obtained	
in	the	audit	and	remain	alert	for	indications	that	the	other	information	appears	to	be	materially	misstated.		
	 We	 obtained	 the	 information	 included	 in	 Management’s	 Discussion	 and	 Analysis	 filed	 with	 the	 relevant	 Canadian	 Securities	
Commissions	and	the	Annual	Report	2021	as	at	the	date	of	this	auditors’	report.			If,	based	on	the	work	we	have	performed	on	this	
other	information,	we	conclude	that	there	is	a	material	misstatement	of	this	other	information,	we	are	required	to	report	that	fact	
in	the	auditors’	report.
We	have	nothing	to	report	in	this	regard.

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Financial Statements
Management	is	responsible	for	the	preparation	and	fair	presentation	of	the	financial	statements	in	accordance	with	International	
Financial	Reporting	Standards	(IFRS),	and	for	such	internal	control	as	management	determines	is	necessary	to	enable	the	preparation	
of	financial	statements	that	are	free	from	material	misstatement,	whether	due	to	fraud	or	error.

In	preparing	the	financial	statements,	management	is	responsible	for	assessing	the	Entity’s	ability	to	continue	as	a	going	concern,	

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS 	
	
disclosing	 as	 applicable,	 matters	 related	 to	 going	 concern	 and	 using	 the	 going	 concern	 basis	 of	 accounting	 unless	 management	
either	intends	to	liquidate	the	Entity	or	to	cease	operations,	or	has	no	realistic	alternative	but	to	do	so.
	 Those	charged	with	governance	are	responsible	for	overseeing	the	Entity’s	financial	reporting	process.

Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements
Our	 objectives	 are	 to	 obtain	 reasonable	 assurance	 about	 whether	 the	 financial	 statements	 as	 a	 whole	 are	 free	 from	 material	
misstatement,	whether	due	to	fraud	or	error,	and	to	issue	an	auditors’	report	that	includes	our	opinion.	
	 Reasonable	assurance	is	a	high	level	of	assurance,	but	is	not	a	guarantee	that	an	audit	conducted	in	accordance	with	Canadian	
generally	accepted	auditing	standards	will	always	detect	a	material	misstatement	when	it	exists.	
	 Misstatements	can	arise	from	fraud	or	error	and	are	considered	material	if,	individually	or	in	the	aggregate,	they	could	reasonably	
be	expected	to	influence	the	economic	decisions	of	users	taken	on	the	basis	of	the	financial	statements.
	 As	part	of	an	audit	in	accordance	with	Canadian	generally	accepted	auditing	standards,	we	exercise	professional	judgment	and	
maintain	professional	skepticism	throughout	the	audit.	

•	 Responsive	to	those	risks,	and	obtain	audit	evidence	that	is	sufficient	and	appropriate	to	provide	a	basis	for	our	opinion.	

We	also:

•	 Identify	 and	 assess	 the	 risks	 of	 material	 misstatement	 of	 the	 financial	 statements,	whether	 due	 to	 fraud	 or	 error,	 design	 and	

perform	audit	procedures

•	 The	risk	of	not	detecting	a	material	misstatement	resulting	from	fraud	is	higher	than	for	one	resulting	from	error,	as	fraud	may	

involve	collusion,	forgery,	intentional	omissions,	misrepresentations,	or	the	override	of	internal	control.

•	 Obtain	an	understanding	of	internal	control	relevant	to	the	audit	in	order	to	design	audit	procedures	that	are	appropriate	in	the	

circumstances,	but	not	for	the	purpose	of	expressing	an	opinion	on	the	effectiveness	of	the	Entity’s	internal	control.	

•	 Evaluate	the	appropriateness	of	accounting	policies	used	and	the	reasonableness	of	accounting	estimates	and	related	disclosures	

made	by	management.

•	 Conclude	on	the	appropriateness	of	management’s	use	of	the	going	concern	basis	of	accounting	and,	based	on	the	audit	evidence	
obtained,	whether	a	material	uncertainty	exists	related	to	events	or	conditions	that	may	cast	significant	doubt	on	the	Entity’s	
ability	to	continue	as	a	going	concern.	If	we	conclude	that	a	material	uncertainty	exists,	we	are	required	to	draw	attention	in	our	
auditors’	report	to	the	related	disclosures	in	the	financial	statements	or,	if	such	disclosures	are	inadequate,	to	modify	our	opinion.	
Our	 conclusions	 are	 based	 on	 the	 audit	 evidence	 obtained	 up	 to	 the	 date	 of	 our	 auditors’	 report.	 However,	 future	 events	 or	
conditions	may	cause	the	Entity	to	cease	to	continue	as	a	going	concern.

•	 Evaluate	the	overall	presentation,	structure	and	content	of	the	financial	statements,	including	the	disclosures,	and	whether	the	

financial	statements	represent	the	underlying	transactions	and	events	in	a	manner	that	achieves	fair	presentation.

•	 Communicate	with	those	charged	with	governance	regarding,	among	other	matters,	the	planned	scope	and	timing	of	the	audit	

and	significant	audit	findings,	including	any	significant	deficiencies	in	internal	control	that	we	identify	during	our	audit.	

45

•	 Provide	those	charged	with	governance	with	a	statement	that	we	have	complied	with	relevant	ethical	requirements	regarding	
independence,	and	communicate	with	them	all	relationships	and	other	matters	that	may	reasonably	be	thought	to	bear	on	our	
independence,	and	where	applicable,	related	safeguards.

•	 Obtain	sufficient	appropriate	audit	evidence	regarding	the	financial	information	of	the	entities	or	business	activities	within	the	
Group	Entity	to	express	an	opinion	on	the	financial	statements.	We	are	responsible	for	the	direction,	supervision	and	performance	
of	the	group	audit.	We	remain	solely	responsible	for	our	audit	opinion.

•	 Determine,	from	the	matters	communicated	with	those	charged	with	governance,	those	matters	that	were	of	most	significance	in	
the	audit	of	the	financial	statements	of	the	current	period	and	are	therefore	the	key	audit	matters.	We	describe	these	matters	in	
our	auditors’	report	unless	law	or	regulation	precludes	public	disclosure	about	the	matter	or	when,	in	extremely	rare	circumstances,	
we	determine	that	a	matter	should	not	be	communicated	in	our	auditors’	report	because	the	adverse	consequences	of	doing	so	
would	reasonably	be	expected	to	outweigh	the	public	interest	benefits	of	such	communication.		

  	Chartered	Professional	Accountants,		

Licensed	Public	Accountants	
The	engagement	partner	of	the	audit	resulting	in	this	auditors	
report	is	R.	Alexander	Dilts

March	24,	2022	
Waterloo,	Canada

ANNUAL REPORT 2021	
	
	
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

(in	thousands	of	dollars)

As	at

December 31, 2021

December	31,	2020

Assets

Current	assets

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	

Accounts	receivable	(note	4)

Inventories	(note	5)

Income	taxes	receivable

Prepaid	expenses	and	other	assets	(note	6)

Total	current	assets

Non-current	assets

Long-term	lease	and	note	receivable	(note	7)

Property,	plant	and	equipment	(note	8)	

Investment	in	properties	(note	9)	

Investment	in	joint	venture	(note	10)

Deferred	tax	assets	(note	16)

Intangible	assets	(note	11)	

Goodwill	(note	12)

Total	non-current	assets

Total assets

Liabilities
Current	liabilities

$	

20,905							

$	

72,004

62,467

807

3,515

159,698

2,779

30,960

3,294

13,279

2,370

10,503

12,216

14,795							

53,078

49,206

488

2,687

120,254

3,201

30,372

3,649

13,300

1,809

5,901

10,908

					75,401

					69,140

$	

235,099	

$	

189,394	

Bank	operating	lines	of	credit	(note	13)	

$	

Accounts	payable	and	accrued	liabilities	(notes	17,	21	and	27)

Income	taxes	payable

Provisions	(note	20)

46

								Current	portion	of	lease	and	other	liabilities	(notes	14,	and	30)

$	

19,267

75,760

1,988

1,850

3,128

16,073

46,179

942

1,811

2,144

Total	current	liabilities

Non-current	liabilities

Provisions	(note	20)

Deferred	tax	liabilities	(note	16)

								Long-term	portion	of	lease	and	other	liabilities	(notes	14	and	30)

Total	non-current	liabilities

Total liabilities

Shareholders’ Equity

Share	capital	(note	17)

Contributed	surplus

Accumulated	other	comprehensive	income	

Retained	earnings

Total shareholder’s equity
Commitments	(note	15)
Subsequent	events	(note	31)

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

See	accompanying	Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements.

On	behalf	of	the	Board:

$	

101,993

$	

67,149

342

401

6,361

7,104

$	

109,097

$	

14,886

2,432

2,109

106,575

126,002

317

836

7,176

8,329

75,478

14,491

2,498

1,519

95,408

113,916

$	

235,099

$	

189,394

William	G.	Hammond
Chairman	of	the	Board	&	Chief	Executive	Officer

David	J.	FitzGibbon
Chairman	Audit	Committee

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS 	
Consolidated Statements of Operations

Years	ended	December	31,	2021	and	2020	(in	thousands	of	dollars	except	for	per	share)

Sales	(note	21)

Cost	of	sales	(note	5	and	22)

Gross	margin

Selling	and	distribution	(note	22)

General	and	administrative		(note	22)

Earnings	from	operations

Finance and other costs

Interest	expense	

Foreign	exchange	loss	(gain)

Share	of	income	of	investment	in	joint	venture,	net	of	tax		

			(note	10)

Other

Net	finance	and	other	costs

2021

2020

$	

380,202															

$	

322,097															

277,771

102,431

46,459

32,821

$	

79,280

$	

23,151

1,301

561

(61)

100

1,901

235,103

86,994

40,217

24,736

64,953

22,041

1,247

(123)

(153)

104

1,075

Earnings before income taxes

21,250

20,966

Income	tax	expense	(recovery)	(note	16):

Current	

Deferred	

Net	earnings

Earnings per share (note 18)

Basic	earnings	per	share	

Diluted	earnings	per	share	

		See	accompanying	Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements.

7,110

(1,036)

6,074

47

7,827

(923)

6,904

15,176

$	

	14,062

	1.29

	1.28

$	

$	

	1.20

	1.20

$	

$	

$	

ANNUAL REPORT 2021DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATEDConsolidated Statements  
of Comprehensive Income

Years	ended	December	31,	2021	and	2020	(in	thousands	of	dollars)

2021

2020

Net	earnings	

$	

15,176

$	

14,062

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Items	that	will	be	recognized	within	profit	and	loss:

Foreign	currency	translation	differences	for	foreign	operations

Other	comprehensive	income	(loss),	net	of	income	tax

590

590

Total	comprehensive	income

$	

15,766

$	

(5,920)

(5,920)

8,142

See	accompanying	Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements.

48

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

Years	ended	December	31,	2021	and	2020	(in	thousands	of	dollars)

SHARE	
CAPITAL

CONTRIBUTED	
SURPLUS

AOCI*

RETAINED	
EARNINGS

TOTAL
SHAREHOLDERS’
EQUITY

Balance	as	at	January	1,	2020

$	 14,491

$	

2,498

$	

7,439

$	 85,339

$	

109,767

Total comprehensive income for the period	

Net	income

Other comprehensive loss	

Foreign	currency	translation	differences			
			related	to	joint	venture	(note	10)

Foreign	currency	translation	differences

Total	other	comprehensive	loss

Total	comprehensive	income	for	the	period

Transactions with owners, recorded  
   directly in equity

Dividends	to	equity	holders	(note	17)

Total	transactions	with	owners

Balance	at	December	31,	2020

Balance	at	January	1,	2021

Total comprehensive income for the period	

Net	income

Other comprehensive (loss) income	

Foreign	currency	translation	differences	related
					to	joint	venture	(note	10)

Foreign	currency	translation	differences

Total	other	comprehensive	income

Total	comprehensive	income	for	the	period

Transactions with owners, recorded directly  
   in equity

Dividends	to	equity	holders	(note	17)

						Stock	options	exercised	(note	17)

Total	transactions	with	owners

Balance at December 31, 2021

*AOCI	–	Accumulated	other	comprehensive	income
See	accompanying	Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

14,062

14,062

(281)

(5,639)

(5,920)

(5,920)

–

–

–

14,062

–

–

(3,993)

(3,993)

(281)

(5,639)

(5,920)

8,142

(3,993)

(3,993)

$	 14,491

$	 14,491

$	

$	

2,498

$	

1,519

$	 95,408

$	

113,916

2,498

$	

1,519

$	 95,408

$	

113,916

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

395

395

(66)

(66)

–

15,176

15,176

(82)

672

590

590

–

–

–

–

–

–

(82)

672

590

49

15,176

15,766

(4,009)

–

(4,009)

(4,009)

329

(3,680)

$	 14,886

$	

2,432

$	

2,109

$	106,575

$	

126,002

ANNUAL REPORT 2021DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED	
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years	ended	December	31,	2021	and	2020	(in	thousands	of	dollars)

Cash flows from operating activities

Net	earnings

Adjustments	for:

Share	of	income	of	investment	in	joint	venture	

Depreciation	of	property,	plant	and	equipment,		

			right-of-use	assets	and	investment	properties

Amortization	of	intangible	assets

Gain	on	disposal	of	right	to	use	asset

Provisions

Interest	expense

Income	tax	expense

Unrealized	(gain)	loss	on	derivatives

Share-based	compensation	expense

Change	in	non-cash	working	capital	(note	25)

Cash	generated	from	operating	activities

Income	tax	paid

Net	cash	provided	from	operating	activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Repayment	of	note	and	lease	receivable

Acquisition	(note	30)

50

Acquisition	of	property,	plant	and	equipment

Acquisition	of	intangible	assets

Cash	used	in	investing	activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds	from	issue	of	share	capital	(note	17)

Cash	dividends	paid	(note	17)

Net	advances	(repayments)	of	bank	operating	lines	of	credit

Interest	paid

Payment	of	lease	liabilities	(note	14)

Cash	used	in	financing	activities

Foreign	exchange	on	cash	and	cash	equivalents	held	in	a		

					foreign	currency

Cash	acquired	in	business	combination	(note	30)

Increase	(decrease)	in	cash	and	cash	equivalents

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	at	beginning	of	period

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$	

		See	accompanying	Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements.

2021

2020

$	

15,176

$	

14,062

(61)

6,092

1,471

–

433

1,301

6,074

(89)

1,210

31,607

(4,777)

26,830

(6,383)

20,447

185

(5,032)

(5,051)

(1,016)

(10,914)

329

(4,009)

3,194

(1,047)

(2,724)

(4,257)

578

256

6,110

14,795

20,905

$	

(153)

6,233

1,036

(10)

1,080

1,247

6,904

560

518

31,477

(4,992)

26,485

(6,802)

19,683

188

–

(4,222)

(713)

(4,747)

–

(3,993)

(16,624)

(917)

(2,650)

(24,184)

672

–

(8,576)

23,371

14,795

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS 1. 

Reporting entity

Hammond	Power	Solutions	Inc.	(“HPS”	or	“the	Company”)	is	a	corporation	domiciled	in	Canada.	The	address	of	

the	Company’s	registered	office	is	595	Southgate	Drive,	Guelph,	Ontario.	The	Company’s	Class	A	subordinate	

voting	shares	are	listed	on	the	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	and	trade	under	the	symbol	HPS.A.		

The	 consolidated	 financial	 statements	 of	 the	 Company	 comprise	 the	 Company	 and	 its	 subsidiaries	

(together	referred	to	as	the	“Group”	and	individually	as	“Group	entities”).	The	Group	is	primarily	involved	in	the	

design	and	manufacture	of	custom	electrical	magnetics,	cast	resin,	custom	liquid	filled	distribution	and	power	

transformers	and	standard	electrical	transformers,	serving	the	electrical	and	electronic	industries.	The	Group	

has	manufacturing	plants	in	Canada,	the	United	States	(“U.S.”),	Mexico	and	India.	The	Company	also	holds	a	55%	

economic	interest	in	a	joint	venture	located	in	Mexico	called	Corefficient	de	R.L.	de	C.V.	(“Corefficient”).

2. 

(a) 

Basis of preparation

Statement of compliance

These	consolidated	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	International	Financial	Reporting	

Standards	(“IFRS”),	and	were	approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	on	March	24,	2022.

(b) 

Basis of measurement

The	consolidated	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	on	the	historical	cost	basis	except	for	inventories	

carried	at	net	realizable	value,	derivative	financial	instruments	and	share	based	payments	which	are	measured	

at	fair	value,	and	the	initial	present	value	of	finance	leases	receivable	which	are	determined	using	cash	flows	

implicit	in	the	lease	and	a	discount	rate	reflecting	the	interest	rate	implicit	in	the	lease.		Assets	acquired	and	

liabilities	 assumed	 in	 connection	 with	 business	 combinations	 are	 recorded	 based	 on	 their	 fair	 values	 at	 the	

date	of	acquisition,	and	contingent	consideration	granted	concurrent	with	a	business	combination	is	recognized	

initially	at	fair	value,	with	subsequent	measurement	occurring	at	fair	value.	Changes	in	the	fair	value	of	contingent	

51

consideration	are	recorded	either	through	the	statement	of	operations,	or	through	equity,	depending	on	the	

characteristics	of	the	consideration	granted.

(c) 

Functional and presentation currency

The	functional	currency	of	the	Group’s	entities	is	the	currency	of	their	primary	economic	environment.

In	individual	companies,	transactions	in	foreign	currencies	are	recorded	at	the	rate	of	exchange	at	the	date	of	

the	transaction.	Monetary	assets	and	liabilities	in	foreign	currencies	at	the	reporting	date	are	re-measured	to	

the	functional	currency	at	the	exchange	rate	at	that	date.	Any	resulting	exchange	differences	are	taken	to	the	

statement	of	operations.	Non-monetary	items	that	are	measured	in	terms	of	historical	cost	in	a	foreign	currency	

are	translated	using	the	exchange	rate	at	the	date	of	the	transaction.

On	consolidation,	assets	and	liabilities	of	Group	entities	reported	in	their	functional	currencies	are	translated	

into	the	Canadian	dollar	(“CDN”),	being	the	presentation	currency,	at	the	exchange	rate	on	the	reporting	date.		

The	income	and	expenses	of	foreign	operations	are	translated	to	Canadian	dollars	using	average	exchange	rates	

for	 the	 month	 during	 which	 the	 transactions	 occurred.	 Foreign	 currency	 differences	 are	 recognized	 in	 other	

comprehensive	income	in	the	cumulative	translation	account	within	accumulated	other	comprehensive	income.

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 2021	
	
Canadian and Subsidiary Operations

Functional Currency

Canada

United	States

Mexico

Mexico	–	Corefficient

Italy

India

Canadian	dollar

U.S.	dollar

Mexican	Peso

U.S.	dollar

Euro

Rupee

($)

($	USD)

(Pesos)

($	USD)

(EU	€)

(INR)

(d)  Use of estimates and judgments

The	 preparation	 of	 the	 consolidated	 financial	 statements	 in	 conformity	 with	 IFRS	 requires	 Management	 to	

make	judgments,	estimates	and	assumptions	that	affect	the	application	of	accounting	policies	and	the	reported	

amounts	of	assets,	liabilities,	income	and	expenses.	Actual	results	may	differ	from	these	estimates.

Estimates	and	underlying	assumptions	are	reviewed	on	an	ongoing	basis.	Revisions	to	accounting	estimates	

are	recognized	in	the	period	in	which	the	estimates	are	revised	and	in	any	future	periods	affected.

(i)  Critical judgments in applying accounting policies 

The	following	are	the	critical	judgments,	apart	from	those	involving	estimations,	that	Management	has	made	

in	 the	 process	 of	 applying	 the	 Group’s	 accounting	 policies	 and	 that	 have	 the	 most	 significant	 effects	 on	 the	

amounts	recognized	in	the	consolidated	financial	statements.

    Cash generating units

As	indicated	in	note	3(g)	and	3(k);	the	Group	conducts	its	impairment	tests	at	the	individual	asset	level	or,	where	

the	recoverable	amount	cannot	be	determined	for	an	individual	asset,	or	for	goodwill,	at	the	cash	generating	

52

unit	(“CGU”)	level.	The	Group	defines	its	CGUs	based	on	the	way	it	monitors	and	derives	economic	benefits	from	

the	acquired	goodwill	and	intangibles.	A	cash-generating	unit	is	the	smallest	group	of	assets	that	generates	cash	

inflows	that	are	largely	independent	of	the	cash	inflows	from	other	assets	or	groups	of	assets.	The	identification	

of	a	cash-generating	unit	involves	judgment.	

The	 Company	 has	 defined	 its	 cash	 generating	 units	 primarily	 as	 each	 manufacturing	 and	 contract	

manufacturing	 location,	 due	 to	 the	 fact	 that	 each	 location	 is	 managed	 separately	 and	 has	 its	 own	 dedicated	

human	 resources	 and	 property,	 plant	 and	 equipment.	 Each	 manufacturing	 facility	 produces	 products	 largely	

independent	of	the	other	facilities	and	is	ultimately	responsible	for	producing	products	that	generate	revenue.	

Management	monitors	the	performance	of	each	manufacturing	unit	through	the	use	of	profitability	analysis,	and	

also	considers	the	profitability	of	each	manufacturing	unit	relative	to	the	Group’s	business	plan.		

Initial lease term

The	Group	leases	certain	manufacturing	facilities,	warehouse	facilities,	vehicles	and	other	assets.		In	determining	

the	value	of	a	right-of-use	asset	and	lease	liability,	IFRS	16	requires	the	Group	to	determine	the	lease	payments	

to	 be	 made	 over	 the	 initial	 term	 of	 the	 lease,	 including	 renewal	 options	 which	 are	 reasonably	 certain	 to	 be	

exercised.	Such	payments	are	then	discounted	based	on	the	interest	rate	implicit	in	the	lease	or	the	Group’s	

incremental	 borrowing	 rate.	 In	 determining	 the	 initial	 lease	 term,	 Management	 makes	 an	 assessment	 of	 the	

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)	
	
 
	
renewal	periods	available	to	the	Group	within	each	lease	and	evaluates	the	likelihood	and	corresponding	time	

horizon	of	available	renewal	options.	Such	assessments	involve	judgment	and	ultimately	may	differ	from	the	

terms	of	leases	actually	experienced.	

Operating segments

An	operating	segment	is	a	component	of	an	entity	that	engages	in	business	activities	from	which	it	may	earn	

revenues	 and	 incur	 expenses,	whose	 operating	 results	 are	 regularly	 reviewed	 by	 the	 entity’s	 chief	 operating	

decision	maker	to	make	decisions	about	resources	to	be	allocated	to	the	segment	and	assess	its	performance,	

and	 for	 which	 discrete	 financial	 information	 is	 available.	 	The	 determination	 of	 operating	 segments	 involves	

judgment.	 Management	 has	 determined	 that	 the	 Group	 operates	 as	 a	 single	 operating	 segment,	 being	 the	

design,	manufacture	and	sale	of	transformers.

Identification of acquired assets and liabilities

IFRS	3,	Business	Combinations,	requires	acquirers	to	recognize,	separately	from	goodwill,	the	identifiable	assets	

acquired	and	liabilities	assumed.	The	identification	of	acquired	assets	and	liabilities	involves	judgment.		

(ii)   Key sources of estimation uncertainty 

The	 following	 are	 the	 key	 sources	 of	 estimation	 uncertainty	 at	 the	 end	 of	 the	 reporting	 period	 that	 have	 a	

significant	 risk	 of	 causing	 a	 material	 adjustment	 to	 the	 consolidated	 financial	 statements	 within	 the	 next		

twelve	months.

Recoverability of goodwill and intangible assets

The	 Group	 tests	 annually	 or	 more	 frequently	 if	 necessary,	 whether	 goodwill	 or	 other	 long-lived	 assets	 have	

suffered	any	impairment	in	accordance	with	the	accounting	policy	provided	in	note	3(k).	Performing	impairment	

53

testing	requires	management	to	determine	the	estimated	recoverable	amount	of	the	relevant	cash-generating	

units	on	the	basis	of	projected	future	cash	flows	using	internal	business	plans	or	forecasts,	and	discounting	these	

cash	flows	to	appropriately	reflect	the	time	value	of	money.		

The	key	assumptions	made	by	management	in	deriving	the	recoverable	amount	are	i)	projected	revenue,	ii)	

projected	gross	margin	rates,	iii)	terminal	growth	rates,	and	iv)	the	discount	rate.

Impairment	assessments	inherently	involve	judgment	as	to	assumptions	about	expected	future	cash	flows	

and	the	impact	of	market	conditions	on	those	assumptions.	Future	events	and	changing	market	conditions	may	

impact	the	Company’s	assumptions	as	to	prices,	costs	or	other	factors	that	may	result	in	changes	in	the	Company’s	

estimates	of	future	cash	flows.	Failure	to	realize	the	assumed	revenues	at	an	appropriate	gross	margin	or	failure	

to	improve	the	financial	results	of	a	CGU	could	result	in	impairment	losses	in	the	CGU	in	future	periods.	

For	assumptions	relating	to	impairment	testing,	refer	to	note	12.

Determination of fair value of acquired long-lived assets, intangible assets, and assumed liabilities

IFRS	3,	Business	Combinations,	requires	acquirers	to	recognize	the	identifiable	assets	acquired	and	liabilities	

assumed	at	fair	value.	The	determination	of	fair	value	requires	Management	to	make	estimates	around	the	value	

an	independent	third	party,	under	no	compulsion	to	act,	would	pay	for	an	asset	acquired	or	liability	assumed	on	

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 2021	
	
	
a	standalone	basis.		Where	possible,	Management	engages	third-party	appraisers	to	assist	in	the	determination	

of	the	fair	value	of	real	property	acquired.	The	fair	value	of	acquired	intangible	assets	are	generally	determined	

using	 discounted	 cash	 flow	 models	 and	 involve	 the	 use	 of	 cash	 flow	 forecasts,	 market-based	 discount	 rates,	

and/or	market-based	royalty	rates.	The	fair	values	of	liabilities	assumed	is	generally	based	on	discounted	cash	

flow	 models	which	 involve	 the	 use	 of	 market-based	 discount	 rates.	The	 development	 of	 cash	 flow	 forecasts	

involve	the	use	of	estimates,	which	may	differ	from	actual	cash	flows	realized.	Assumptions	are	involved	in	the	

determination	of	discount	rates	and	royalty	rates.

Provisions for warranty claims

The	Group	records	a	provision	for	warranties	based	on	historical	warranty	claim	information	and	anticipated	

warranty	claims,	based	on	a	weighted	probability	of	possible	outcomes.		

The	key	assumptions	made	by	management	in	recording	the	provision	are	i)	warranty	cost,	ii)	probability	of	

claim,	and	iii)	quantum	of	units	which	may	be	subject	to	any	warranty	claim.

Quantifying	provisions	inherently	involves	judgment,	and	future	events	and	conditions	may	impact	these	

assumptions.	Differences	in	actual	future	experience	from	the	assumptions	utilized	may	result	in	a	greater	or	

lower	warranty	cost.		For	further	information	on	the	Group’s	provisions,	refer	to	note	20.

3. 

Summary of significant accounting policies

The	 accounting	 policies	 set	 out	 below	 have	 been	 applied	 consistently	 to	 all	 periods	 presented	 in	 these	

consolidated	financial	statements	and	by	all	Group	entities.

(a) 

Basis of consolidation 

The	consolidated	financial	statements	include	the	accounts	of	Hammond	Power	Solutions	Inc.	and	its	wholly-

54

owned	subsidiaries:

•	 Hammond	Power	Solutions,	Inc.	

•	 Hammond	Power	Solutions,	S.A.	de	C.V.	

•	 Montran	S.A.	de	C.V.

•	 Delta	Transformers	Inc.	

•	 Hammond	Power	Solutions	Private	Limited	

•	

Continental	Transformers	s.r.l.	

•	 Hammond	Power	Solutions	S.p.A.		

•	 Mesta	Electronics,	Inc.	

•	 Hammond	Power	Solutions	Latin	America	S.A	de	C.V.

Joint	operations	arise	from	an	arrangement	in	which	the	interested	parties	are	bound	by	a	contract	which	

gives	 two	 or	 more	 parties	 joint	 control	 of	 the	 arrangement,	 and	 those	 parties	 have	 rights	 to	 the	 assets	 and	

obligations	 for	 the	 liabilities	 relating	 to	 the	 arrangement.	 The	 Company	 has	 a	 50%	 interest	 in	 Glen	 Ewing	

Properties,	an	unincorporated	co-tenancy.	The	consolidated	financial	statements	include	the	Group’s	share	of	

the	entity’s	assets,	liabilities,	revenue	and	expenses	with	items	of	a	similar	nature	on	a	line-by-line	basis.

Joint	 ventures	 arise	 in	 which	 the	 interested	 parties	 are	 bound	 by	 a	 contract	 which	 gives	 two	 or	 more	

parties	joint	control	of	the	arrangement,	and	those	parties	have	rights	to	the	net	assets	of	the	arrangement.	

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)	
	
	
	
The	Company’s	interest	in	Corefficient	is	considered	to	represent	a	joint	venture.		Interests	in	joint	ventures	are	

initially	recognized	at	cost.	Subsequent	to	initial	recognition,	the	consolidated	financial	statements	include	the	

Group’s	share	of	the	profit	or	loss	and	other	comprehensive	income.		

All	significant	inter-company	transactions	and	balances	have	been	eliminated.

(b) 

Financial instruments

Financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities,	including	derivatives,	are	recognized	on	the	consolidated	statement	of	

financial	position	when	the	Group	becomes	a	party	to	the	financial	instrument	or	derivative	contract.	

The	Group	classifies	its	financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	in	the	following	measurement	categories	i)	

those	to	be	measured	subsequently	at	fair	value	(either	through	other	comprehensive	income	or	through	profit	

or	loss)	and	ii)	those	to	be	measured	at	amortized	cost.	The	classification	of	financial	assets	depends	on	the	

business	model	for	managing	the	financial	assets	and	the	contractual	terms	of	the	cash	flows.	Financial	liabilities	

are	classified	as	those	to	be	measured	at	amortized	cost	unless	they	are	designated	as	those	to	be	measured	

subsequently	 at	 fair	 value	 through	 profit	 or	 loss	 (irrevocable	 election	 at	 the	 time	 of	 recognition).	 For	 assets		

and	 liabilities	 measured	 at	 fair	 value,	 gains	 and	 losses	 are	 either	 recorded	 in	 profit	 or	 loss	 or	 other		

comprehensive	income.	

The	Group	reclassifies	financial	assets	when	and	only	when	its	business	model	for	managing	those	assets	

changes.	Financial	liabilities	are	not	reclassified.	

The	Group	has	applied	the	following	classifications:	

•	

Cash	and	cash	equivalents,	accounts	receivable	and	long-term	lease	and	note	receivable	are	classified	as		

assets	 at	 amortized	 cost	 and	 are	 measured	 using	 the	 effective	 interest	 rate	 method.	 Interest	 income	 is		

recorded	in	the	consolidated	statement	of	operations,	as	applicable.

•	

Accounts	 payable,	 accrued	 liabilities	 and	 bank	 operating	 lines	 of	 credit	 are	 classified	 as	 other	 financial		

liabilities	and	are	measured	at	amortized	cost	using	the	effective	interest	rate	method.	Interest	expense	is		

55

recorded	in	the	consolidated	statement	of	operations,	as	applicable.	

•	 Derivatives	are	initially	recognized	at	fair	value	on	the	date	a	derivative	contract	is	entered	into	and	are		

subsequently	 re-measured	 to	 their	 fair	 value	 at	 the	 end	 of	 each	 reporting	 period.	 The	 accounting	 for		

subsequent	changes	in	fair	value	depends	on	whether	the	derivative	is	designated	as	a	hedging	instrument,		

and	if	so,	the	nature	of	the	item	being	hedged	and	the	type	of	hedge	relationship	designated.	The	Group	has		

not	 historically	 designated	 such	 items	 as	 hedging	 instruments	 and	 accordingly	 changes	 in	 fair	value	 are		

recorded	through	the	statement	of	operations.

•	

Contingent	consideration	issued	in	connection	with	a	business	combination	that	meets	the	definition	of	a		

financial	liability	is	initially	recognized	at	fair	value	at	the	acquisition	date	and	is	subsequently	re-measured		

at	fair	value	at	the	end	of	each	reporting	period.

All	financial	instruments	are	required	to	be	measured	at	fair	value	on	initial	recognition,	plus,	in	the	case	

of	a	financial	asset	or	financial	liability	not	at	fair	value	through	profit	or	loss,	transaction	costs	that	are	directly	

attributable	to	the	acquisition	or	issue	of	the	financial	asset	or	financial	liability.	

Transaction	costs	of	financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	carried	at	fair	value	through	profit	or	loss	are	

expensed	 in	 profit	 or	 loss.	 Financial	 assets	with	 embedded	 derivatives	 are	 considered	 in	 their	 entirety	when	

determining	whether	their	cash	flows	are	solely	payment	of	principal	and	interest.	

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 2021	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Financial	assets	that	are	held	within	a	business	model	whose	objective	is	to	collect	the	contractual	cash	

flows,	and	that	have	contractual	cash	flows	that	are	solely	payments	of	principal	and	interest	on	the	principal	

outstanding	are	generally	measured	at	amortized	cost	at	the	end	of	the	subsequent	accounting	periods.	

The	 Group	 assesses	 all	 information	 available,	 including,	 on	 a	 forward-looking	 basis,	 the	 expected	 credit	

losses	associated	with	its	assets	carried	at	amortized	cost.	The	impairment	methodology	applied	depends	on	

whether	there	has	been	a	significant	increase	in	credit	risk.	To	assess	whether	there	is	a	significant	increase	in	

credit	risk,	the	Group	compares	the	risk	of	a	default	occurring	on	the	asset	as	at	the	reporting	date	with	the	risk	

of	default	as	at	the	date	of	initial	recognition	based	on	all	information	available,	and	reasonable	and	supportive	

forward-looking	information.	For	trade	receivables	only,	the	Group	applies	the	simplified	approach	as	permitted	

by	IFRS	9	which	requires	expected	lifetime	losses	to	be	recognized	from	initial	recognition	of	receivables.

(c) 

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	include	cash	and	short-term	deposits	with	maturities	of	three	months	or	less.

(d) 

Property, plant and equipment

Property,	 plant	 and	 equipment	 are	 shown	 in	 the	 statement	 of	 financial	 position	 at	 their	 historical	 cost.	 Cost	

includes	 expenditure	 that	 is	 directly	 attributable	 to	 the	 acquisition	 of	 the	 asset.	The	 cost	 of	 self-constructed	

assets	includes	the	cost	of	materials	and	direct	labour,	any	other	costs	directly	attributable	to	bringing	the	assets	

to	a	working	condition	for	their	intended	use,	the	costs	of	dismantling	and	removing	the	items	and	restoring	the	

site	on	which	they	are	located,	and	borrowing	costs	on	qualifying	assets.	Purchased	software	that	is	integral	to	

the	functionality	of	the	related	equipment	is	capitalized	as	part	of	that	equipment.

	 When	parts	of	an	item	of	property,	plant	and	equipment	have	different	useful	lives,	they	are	accounted	for	

as	separate	items	(major	components)	of	property,	plant	and	equipment.

56

Depreciation	 is	 provided	 on	 components	 that	 have	 homogenous	 useful	 lives	 by	 using	 the	 straight-line	

method	so	as	to	depreciate	the	initial	cost	down	to	the	residual	value	over	the	estimated	useful	lives.	

The	estimated	useful	lives	for	the	current	and	comparative	periods	are	as	follows:

• 	 Buildings	

14-30	years

• 	

Leaseholds	and	improvements		

lesser	of	5	years	and	lease	term

• 	 Machinery	and	equipment	

• 	 Office	equipment	

• 	

Land	is	not	depreciated

4-10	years

4-10	years

Depreciation	methods,	useful	lives	and	residual	values	are	reviewed	at	each	financial	year-end	and	adjusted	

if	appropriate.

Assets	included	in	construction-in-progress	are	not	depreciated	until	the	assets	are	available	for	use.	Idle	

assets	that	are	available	for	use	are	depreciated.

(e) 

Intangible assets other than goodwill

Intangible	assets	that	are	acquired	either	separately	or	in	a	business	combination	are	recognized	when	they	are	

identifiable	and	can	be	reliably	measured.	Intangible	assets	are	considered	to	be	identifiable	if	they	arise	from	

contractual	or	other	rights,	or	if	they	are	separable	(i.e.	they	can	be	disposed	of	either	individually	or	together	

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
For	the	years	ended	December	31,	2021	and	2020	(tabular	amounts	in	thousands	of	dollars,	except	share	and	per	share	amounts)

with	other	assets).	Intangible	assets	comprise	finite	life	intangible	assets.	

Finite	life	intangible	assets	are	those	for	which	there	is	an	expectation	of	obsolescence	that	limits	their	useful	

economic	 life	 or	 where	 the	 useful	 life	 is	 limited	 by	 contractual	 or	 other	 terms.	They	 are	 amortized	 over	 the	

shorter	of	their	contractual	or	useful	economical	lives.	

The	estimated	useful	lives	for	the	current	and	comparative	periods	are	as	follows:

• 	 Customer	lists	and	relationships							

15	years

• 	

• 	

Technology	

Software	and	other	

• 	 Branding	

10-20	years	

4-14	years

5-15	years

Amortization	 methods,	 useful	 lives	 and	 residual	 values	 are	 reviewed	 at	 each	 year-end	 and	 adjusted		

if	appropriate.

(f) 

Research and development expenses

Research	expenses	are	recognized	as	expenses	in	the	financial	period	incurred.

Development	expenses	are	recognized	as	an	intangible	asset	if	the	Group	can	demonstrate	the	technical	

feasibility	of	making	the	intangible	asset	ready	for	commissioning	or	sale;	its	intention	to	complete	the	intangible	

asset	 and	 use	 or	 sell	 it;	 its	 ability	 to	 use	 or	 sell	 the	 intangible	 asset;	 how	 the	 intangible	 asset	 will	 generate	

future	economic	benefits;	the	availability	of	the	appropriate	resources	(technical,	financial	or	other)	to	complete	

development	 and	 use	 or	 sell	 the	 intangible	 asset;	 and	 its	 ability	 to	 provide	 a	 reliable	 estimate	 of	 expenses	

attributable	to	the	intangible	asset	during	its	development.

(g) 

Business Combinations and Goodwill

The	Group	accounts	for	business	combinations	using	the	acquisition	method	when	the	acquired	set	of	activities	

and	assets	meets	the	definition	of	a	business	and	control	is	transferred	to	the	Group.	In	determining	whether	a	

57

particular	set	of	activities	and	assets	is	a	business,	the	Group	assesses	whether	the	set	of	assets	and	activities	

acquired	includes,	at	a	minimum,	an	input	and	substantive	process	and	whether	the	acquired	set	has	the	ability	

to	produce	outputs.

The	consideration	transferred	in	the	acquisition	is	generally	measured	at	fair	value,	as	are	the	identifiable	

net	assets	acquired.	Any	gain	on	a	bargain	purchase	is	recognised	in	profit	or	loss	immediately.	Transaction	costs	

are	expensed	as	incurred,	except	if	related	to	the	issue	of	debt	or	equity	securities

Any	contingent	consideration	is	measured	at	fair	value	at	the	date	of	acquisition.	If	an	obligation	to	pay	

contingent	 consideration	 that	 meets	 the	 definition	 of	 a	 financial	 instrument	 is	 classified	 as	 equity,	 then	 it	 is	

not	re-measured	and	settlement	is	accounted	for	within	equity.	Otherwise,	other	contingent	consideration	is	

remeasured	 at	 fair	 value	 at	 each	 reporting	 date	 and	 subsequent	 changes	 in	 the	 fair	 value	 of	 the	 contingent	

consideration	are	recognised	in	profit	or	loss.

Goodwill	 is	 the	 residual	 amount	 that	 results	 when	 the	 purchase	 price	 of	 an	 acquired	 business	 exceeds	

the	 sum	 of	 the	 amount	 allocated	 to	 the	 identifiable	 assets	 acquired,	 less	 liabilities	 assumed,	 based	 on	 their		

fair	values.	

Goodwill	is	allocated	as	of	the	date	of	the	business	combination	to	the	Company’s	cash	generating	units	

that	are	expected	to	benefit	from	the	synergies	of	the	business	combination,	and	is	tested	for	impairment	at	

ANNUAL REPORT 2021	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
least	annually	and	upon	the	occurrence	of	an	indication	of	impairment.

The	impairment	tests	are	performed	at	the	CGU	level.	The	Group	defines	its	CGUs	based	on	the	way	it	

monitors	and	derives	economic	benefits	from	the	acquired	goodwill	and	intangibles.	The	impairment	tests	are	

performed	by	comparing	the	carrying	value	of	the	assets	of	these	CGUs	with	the	greater	of	its	value	in	use	and	

its	fair	value,	less	costs	to	sell.	The	value	in	use	is	based	on	their	future	projected	cash	flows	discounted	to	the	

present	value	at	an	appropriate	pre-tax	discount	rate.	The	cash	flows	correspond	to	estimates	made	by	Group	

management	in	financial	and	strategic	business	plans	covering	a	period	of	five	years.	They	are	then	projected	

beyond	 five	years	 using	 a	 steady	 or	 declining	 terminal	 growth	 rate	 given	 that	 the	 Group	 businesses	 are	 of	 a	

long-term	nature.	The	Group	assesses	the	uncertainty	of	these	estimates	by	conducting	sensitivity	analyses.	The	

discount	rate	used	approximates	the	CGUs	weighted	average	cost	of	capital,	with	business	risk	incorporated	into	

the	development	of	the	cash	flow	projections.	

An	impairment	loss	in	respect	of	goodwill	is	never	subsequently	reversed.	The	Group	completed	its	annual	

goodwill	impairment	tests	at	December	31,	2021.

(h) 

Investment properties

Investment	property	is	property	held	either	to	earn	rental	income	or	for	capital	appreciation	or	for	both,	but	

not	 for	 sale	 in	 the	 ordinary	 course	 of	 business	 use	 in	 the	 production	 or	 supply	 of	 goods	 or	 services	 or	 for	

administrative	purposes.	The	Group	measures	its	investment	properties,	being	the	property	held	by	Glen	Ewing	

Properties	and	the	Italian	Marnate	properties,	at	historical	cost.

(i) 

Joint venture

The	Company	applies	the	equity	method	of	accounting	for	its	investment	in	the	joint	venture.	Under	the	equity	

method	 of	 accounting,	 interests	 in	 joint	 ventures	 are	 initially	 recognized	 in	 the	 Consolidated	 Statements	 of	

58

Financial	Position	at	initial	cost	and	adjusted	thereafter	to	recognize	the	Group’s	share	of	profits	or	losses	and	

movements	 in	 other	 comprehensive	 income	 in	 the	 income	 statement	 and	 in	 other	 comprehensive	 income	

respectively.	 When	 the	 Group’s	 share	 of	 losses	 in	 a	 joint	 venture	 equals	 or	 exceeds	 its	 interest	 in	 the	 joint	

venture,	the	Group	does	not	recognize	further	losses	unless	it	has	incurred	obligations	or	made	payments	on	

behalf	of	the	joint	venture.	

Unrealized	gains	or	transactions	between	the	Group	and	its	joint	venture	are	eliminated	to	the	extent	of	

the	Group’s	interest	in	the	joint	venture.	Unrealized	losses	are	also	eliminated	unless	the	transaction	provides	

evidence	of	impairment	of	the	assets	transferred.

(j) 

Inventories

Inventories	are	valued	at	the	lower	of	cost	and	net	realizable	value.

The	 cost	 of	 inventories	 is	 based	 on	 the	 first-in	 first-out	 principle	 and	 includes	 expenditures	 incurred	 in	

acquiring	 the	 inventories,	 production	 or	 conversion	 costs	 and	 other	 costs	 incurred	 in	 bringing	 them	 to	 their	

existing	location	and	condition.	In	the	case	of	manufactured	inventories	and	work	in	progress,	cost	includes	an	

appropriate	share	of	production	overheads	based	on	normal	operating	capacity.	

Net	realizable	value	is	the	estimated	selling	price	in	the	ordinary	course	of	business,	less	the	estimated	costs	

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)	
	
			
		
	
		
	
	
of	completion	and	selling	expenses.

	 When	circumstances	which	previously	caused	inventories	to	be	written	down	to	their	net	realizable	value	

no	longer	exist,	the	previous	impairment	is	reversed.

(k) 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and finite life intangible assets

The	Group	periodically	reviews	the	useful	lives	and	the	carrying	values	of	its	long-lived	assets	for	continued	

appropriateness.	 Consideration	 is	 given	 at	 each	 reporting	 date	 to	 determine	whether	 there	 is	 any	 indication	

of	impairment	of	the	carrying	amounts	of	the	Group’s	property,	plant	and	equipment	and	finite	life	intangible	

assets.	The	Group	reviews	for	impairment	of	long-lived	assets,	or	asset	groups,	held	and	used	whenever	events	

or	changes	in	circumstances	indicate	that	the	carrying	amount	of	the	assets	may	not	be	recoverable.	

The	 recoverable	 amount	 is	 the	 greater	 of	 the	 fair	 value	 less	 cost	 of	 disposal	 and	 value	 in	 use.	 	 If	 the	

recoverable	amount	cannot	be	determined	for	one	individual	asset,	the	Group	conducts	its	impairment	test	at	

the	CGU	level.	In	assessing	value	in	use,	the	estimated	future	cash	flows	are	discounted	to	their	present	value,	

based	on	the	time	value	of	money	and	the	risks	specific	to	the	country	where	the	assets	are	located.	Assets	that	

suffer	impairment	are	assessed	for	possible	reversal	of	the	impairment	at	each	reporting	date.

(l) 

Share-based payment transactions

Stock option plan

The	 Group	 has	 a	 stock-based	 compensation	 plan,	which	 is	 described	 in	 note	 17.	The	 Group	 accounts	 for	 all	

stock-based	payments	using	the	fair	value	based	method.

Under	 the	 fair	 value	 based	 method,	 compensation	 cost	 for	 stock	 options	 and	 direct	 awards	 of	 stock	 is	

measured	at	fair	value	at	the	grant	date.	Compensation	cost	is	recognized	in	earnings	on	a	straight-line	basis	

over	 the	 relevant	vesting	 period,	with	 a	 corresponding	 amount	 recorded	 in	 contributed	 surplus.	The	 amount	

recognized	as	an	expense,	is	adjusted	to	reflect	the	number	of	awards	for	which	the	related	services	are	expected	

59

to	be	met.	Upon	exercise	of	a	stock	option,	share	capital	is	recorded	at	the	sum	of	the	proceeds	received	and	the	

related	amount	of	contributed	surplus.

Deferred share unit plan

The	 Company	 maintains	 a	 deferred	 share	 unit	 plan	 (“DSU	 Plan”)	 for	 its	 senior-executive	 management	 and	

Directors.	Under	the	DSU	Plan,	participants	may	elect	to	defer	compensation	and	receive	DSUs	equal	to	the	

value	of	the	deferred	compensation.	DSUs	are	increased	by	the	dividend	rate	on	a	quarterly	basis.	

Under	 IFRS,	 DSUs	 are	 classified	 as	 cash-settled	 share-based	 payment	 transactions	 as	 the	 participants	

shall	receive	cash	following	a	Redemption	Event,	as	defined	in	the	DSU	Plan.	DSUs	do	not	contain	any	vesting	

conditions	 or	 forfeiture	 provisions,	 as	 they	 are	 issued	 in	 exchange	 for	 deferred	 compensation.	 As	 such,	 the	

Company	 recognizes	 the	 expense	 and	 the	 liability	 to	 pay	 for	 eventual	 redemption	 when	 DSUs	 are	 issued.	

Thereafter,	the	Company	re-measures	the	fair-value	of	the	liability	at	the	end	of	each	reporting	date	and	the	

date	of	settlement,	with	the	difference	recognized	in	income	or	expense	for	the	period.	The	fair	value	of	DSUs	

is	determined	in	accordance	with	the	DSU	Plan,	which	uses	the	average	closing	price	for	HPS	shares	for	the	five	

trading	days	immediately	preceding	the	relevant	date.	The	DSU	liability	is	included	within	accrued	liabilities.

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 2021	
		
	
	
(m)  Provisions

Provisions	comprise	liabilities	of	uncertain	timing	or	amounts	that	arise	from	restructuring	plans,	environmental,	

litigation,	commercial	or	other	risks.	Provisions	are	recognized	when	there	exists	a	legal	or	constructive	obligation	

stemming	 from	 a	 past	 event	 and	 when	 the	 future	 cash	 outflows	 can	 be	 reliably	 estimated.	 A	 provision	 for	

warranties	is	recognized	when	the	underlying	products	or	services	are	sold.	The	provision	is	based	on	historical	

warranty	data	and	a	weighting	of	all	possible	outcomes	against	their	associated	probabilities.		A	restructuring	

provision	relating	to	a	sale	or	termination	of	a	line	of	business,	the	closure	of	business	locations	in	a	country	

or	region,	changes	in	management	structure	or	fundamental	reorganizations	that	have	a	material	effect	of	the	

nature	or	focus	of	the	Group’s	operations	are	recognized	when	the	Group	has	a	detailed,	formal	plan	for	the	

restructuring	that	identifies:

• 	 The	business	or	part	of	a	business	concerned;

• 	 The	principal	locations	affected;	

• 	 The	location,	function	and	approximate	number	of	employees	affected;

• 	 The	expenditures	that	will	be	undertaken;	and

• 	 When	the	plan	will	be	implanted.

Notwithstanding	the	above,	no	provision	is	recorded	until	such	time	a	valid	expectation	by	those	affected	

by	the	plan	has	been	raised.

(n) 

Revenue

			The	Group	recognizes	revenue	using	a	5-step	approach:

• 	 Step	1:	Identify	the	contract(s)	with	a	customer.

• 	 Step	2:	Identify	the	performance	obligations	in	the	contract.

60

• 	 Step	3:	Determine	the	transaction	price.

• 	 Step	4:	Allocate	the	transaction	price	to	the	performance	obligations	in	the	contract.

• 	 Step	5:	Recognize	revenue	when	(or	as)	the	Group	satisfies	a	performance	obligation.

The	Group	considers	a	performance	obligation	satisfied	when	“control”	of	the	goods	or	services	underlying	

the	 particular	 performance	 obligation	 is	 transferred	 to	 the	 customer.	A	 performance	 obligation	 represents	 a	

good	 and	 service	 (or	 a	 bundle	 of	 goods	 or	 services)	 that	 is	 distinct	 or	 a	 series	 of	 distinct	 goods	 or	 services	

that	are	substantially	the	same.	The	Group	typically	satisfies	its	performance	obligation	upon	shipment	of	its	

transformers.	Any	 required	 testing	 or	 compliance	 requirements	will	 have	 been	 satisfied	 prior	 to	 shipment	 of	

the	 transformer.	 Payment	 is	 typically	 due	within	 30	 days	 of	 shipment,	with	 limited	 customers	 being	 granted	

extended	terms	of	up	to	60	days.		As	a	result,	consideration	is	generally	fixed	and	does	not	contain	any	significant	

financing	components.	The	Group	has	a	return	policy	for	credit	on	standard	stocked	items	and	no	custom	build	

product	can	be	returned.	Historically,	returns	have	been	minimal	and	are	expected	to	continue	to	remain	low.	

The	Group’s	product	is	purchased	with	a	standard	warranty	and	there	is	no	option	to	purchase	any	additional	

warranty	coverage.

A	contract	asset	represents	the	Group’s	right	to	consideration	in	exchange	for	goods	or	services	that	the	

Group	 has	 transferred	 to	 a	 customer	 that	 is	 not	 yet	 unconditional.	 In	 contrast,	 a	 receivable	 represents	 the	

Group’s	unconditional	right	to	consideration	in	that	only	the	passage	of	time	is	required	before	payment	of	that	

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)	
	
	
consideration	is	due.

A	contract	liability	represents	the	Group’s	obligation	to	transfer	goods	or	services	to	a	customer	for	which	

the	Group	has	received	consideration	(or	an	amount	of	consideration	is	due)	from	the	customer.

Incremental	costs	to	obtain	a	contract	are	typically	short-term	in	nature	and	the	Group	applies	the	practical	

expedient	permitted	under	IFRS	15	to	recognize	such	costs	as	an	expense	when	incurred	if	the	amortization	of	

the	asset	that	the	Group	would	have	otherwise	recognized	is	less	than	one	year.

(o) 

Income taxes

Income	tax	expense	comprises	current	and	deferred	tax.	Current	tax	is	the	expected	tax	payable	or	receivable	

on	the	taxable	income	or	loss	for	the	year,	using	tax	rates	enacted	or	substantively	enacted	at	the	reporting	

date	and	any	adjustment	to	tax	payable	in	respect	of	previous	years.		Deferred	tax	is	recognized	in	respect	of	

temporary	differences	between	the	carrying	amounts	of	assets	and	liabilities	for	financial	reporting	purposes	

and	the	amounts	used	for	taxation	purposes.	Deferred	tax	is	measured	at	the	tax	rates	that	are	expected	to	be	

applied	to	temporary	differences	when	they	reverse,	based	on	the	laws	that	have	been	enacted	or	substantively	

enacted	at	the	reporting	date.	

A	deferred	tax	asset	is	recognized	for	unused	tax	losses,	tax	credits	and	deductible	temporary	differences,	

to	the	extent	that	it	is	probable	that	future	taxable	profits	will	be	available	against	which	they	can	be	utilized.	

Deferred	 tax	 assets	 are	 reviewed	 at	 each	 reporting	 date	 and	 are	 reduced	 to	 the	 extent	 that	 it	 is	 no	 longer	

probable	that	the	related	tax	benefit	will	be	realized.

(p) 

Employee benefits

The	Group	maintains	a	defined	contribution	plan,	which	is	described	in	note	19,	and	have	short-term	employee	

benefits.	

A	defined	contribution	plan	is	a	post-employment	benefit	plan	under	which	an	entity	pays	fixed	contributions	

61

into	a	separate	entity	and	will	have	no	legal	or	constructive	obligation	to	pay	further	amounts.	Obligations	for	

contributions	to	defined	contribution	pension	plans,	are	recognized	as	an	employee	benefit	expense	in	profit	or	

loss	in	the	periods	in	which	services	are	rendered	by	employees.	

Short-term	employee	benefit	obligations	are	measured	on	an	undiscounted	basis	and	are	expensed	as	the	

related	service	is	provided.	A	liability	is	recognized	for	the	amount	expected	to	be	paid	under	short-term	cash	

bonus	or	profit-sharing	plans	if	the	Group	has	a	present	legal	or	constructive	obligation	to	pay	this	amount	as	a	

result	of	past	service	provided	by	the	employee	and	the	obligation	can	be	estimated	reliably.

(q) 

Finance income and finance costs

Finance	 income	 and	 finance	 costs	 comprise	 interest	 income,	 interest	 expense	 on	 borrowings,	 foreign	

currency	losses	(including	changes	in	fair	value	of	derivative	foreign	currency	financial	instruments	measured	

at	fair	value	through	profit	and	loss),	the	Group’s	share	of	income	or	losses	arising	from	its	investment	in	joint	

ventures	and	other	finance	costs.		

Foreign	currency	gains	and	losses	are	reported	on	a	net	basis.

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 2021	
	
	
	
	
	
	
(r) 

Earnings per share

The	Group	presents	basic	and	diluted	earnings	per	share	(“EPS”)	data	for	its	common	shares.	Basic	EPS	is	calculated	

by	dividing	net	earnings	of	the	Group	by	the	weighted	average	number	of	common	shares	outstanding	during	

the	reporting	period.	Diluted	EPS	are	computed	similar	to	basic	EPS	except	that	the	weighted	average	shares	

outstanding	are	increased	to	include	additional	shares	from	the	assumed	exercise	of	stock	options,	if	dilutive.	

The	number	of	additional	shares	is	calculated	by	assuming	that	outstanding	stock	options	were	exercised	and	

that	proceeds	from	such	exercises	along	with	any	unamortized	stock-based	compensation	were	used	to	acquire	

common	shares	at	the	average	market	price	during	the	year.

(s) 

Leases

The	Group	recognizes	a	right-of-use	asset	and	a	lease	liability	at	the	lease	commencement	date.		The	right-of-use	

asset	is	initially	measured	at	cost,	and	subsequently	at	cost	less	any	accumulated	depreciation	and	impairment	

losses,	and	adjusted	for	certain	remeasurements	of	the	lease	liability.		

The	lease	liability	is	initially	measured	at	the	present	value	of	the	lease	payments	that	are	not	paid	at	the	

commencement	date,	discounted	using	the	interest	rate	implicit	in	the	lease	or,	if	that	rate	cannot	be	readily	

determined,	the	Group’s	incremental	borrowing	rate.		Generally,	the	Group	uses	its	incremental	borrowing	rate	

as	the	discount	rate.	The	group	applies	a	single	discount	rate	to	the	portfolio	of	leases	with	reasonably	similar	

characteristics.		

The	lease	liability	is	subsequently	increased	by	the	interest	cost	on	the	lease	liability	and	decreased	by	lease	

payments	made.		It	is	remeasured	when	there	is	a	change	in	future	lease	payments	arising	from	a	change	in	an	

index	or	rate,	a	change	in	the	estimate	or	the	amount	expected	to	be	payable	under	a	residual	value	guarantee,	

or	as	appropriate,	changes	in	the	assessment	of	whether	a	purchase	or	extension	option	is	reasonably	certain	to	

62

be	exercised	or	a	termination	option	is	reasonably	certain	not	to	be	exercised.

The	Group	does	not	recognize	right-of-use	assets	and	lease	liabilities	for	contracts	that	have	a	lease	term	

of	12	months	or	less	or	are	low-value	assets	(under	$5,000).

(t) 

Government assistance

The	 Group	 recognizes	 government	 assistance	 in	 the	 statement	 of	 operations	 on	 a	 systematic	 basis	 over	 the	

periods	in	which	the	entity	recognises	expenses	for	the	related	costs	for	which	the	assistance	is	intended	to	

compensate.

(u)  New accounting pronouncements adopted during the period

IBOR	–	Phase	2	(Amendments	to	IFRS	9,	IAS	39,	IFRS	7,	IFRS	4	and	IFRS	16)

In	August	2020,	the	IASB	issued	Phase	2	amendments,	which	amended	the	requirements	in	IFRS	9,	IAS	39,	IFRS	

7,	IFRS	4,	and	IFRS	16,	principally	addressing	the	following	areas:

• 	 modification	of	a	financial	asset	or	a	financial	liability;

• 	 modification	of	a	lease;

• 	 additional	reliefs	for	hedging	relationships;

• 	 new	disclosures;	and

• 	 effective	date	and	transition.	

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)	
	
	
	
The	 Company	 adopted	 the	 amendments	 in	 its	 financial	 statements	 for	 the	 annual	 period	 beginning	 on	

January	 1,	 2021.	 The	 adoption	 of	 the	 amendments	 did	 not	 have	 a	 material	 impact	 on	 the	 consolidated		

financial	statements.

COVID-19-related rent concessions (Amendments to IFRS 16)

In	 May	 2020,	 the	 IASB	 issued	 COVID-19-Related	 Rent	 Concessions,	 which	 amended	 IFRS	 16.	 The	 2020	

amendments	introduced	an	optional	practical	expedient	that	simplifies	how	a	lessee	accounts	for	rent	concessions	

that	are	a	direct	consequence	of	COVID-19,	only	if	certain	conditions	are	met.	Under	the	practical	expedient,	a	

lessee	is	not	required	to	assess	whether	eligible	rent	concessions	are	lease	modifications,	instead	accounting	for	

them	in	accordance	with	other	applicable	guidance.

The	 Company	 adopted	 the	 amendments	 in	 its	 financial	 statements	 for	 the	 annual	 period	 beginning		

on	 January	 1,	 2021.	 The	 adoption	 of	 the	 amendments	 did	 not	 have	 any	 impact	 on	 the	 consolidated		

financial	statements.

Cloud computing arrangement costs

On	 April	 28,	 2021	 the	 IFRS	 Interpretations	 Committee	 issued	 a	 final	 agenda	 decision	 on	 cloud	 computing	

arrangements.	 	The	 agenda	 aimed	 to	 clarify	 guidance	 on	 how	 customers	 should	 account	 for	 implementation	

costs	incurred	in	a	software-as-a-service	arrangement.	This	further	builds	upon	the	March	2019	agenda	which	

distinguished	hosting	arrangements	in	which	the	customer	receives	a	software	intangible	asset	from	those	that	

do	not,	and	therefore	are	service	contracts.		

The	Company	adopted	this	agenda	decision	on	a	retrospective	basis.	The	adoption	of	the	amendments	did	

not	have	a	material	impact	on	the	financial	statements.

(v)  New accounting pronouncements

63

The	 International	 Accounting	 Standards	 Board	 has	 issued	 the	 following	 Standards,	 Interpretations	 and	

Amendments	 to	 Standards	 that	 are	 not	yet	 effective,	 have	 not	yet	 been	 adopted	 by	 the	 Group	 and	 are	 not	

expected	to	have	a	material	impact	on	the	consolidated	financial	statements.	

The	Group	intends	to	adopt	the	following	amendments	in	its	financial	statements	for	the	annual	period	

beginning	on	January	1,	2022:

• 	 Property,	Plant	and	Equipment	–	Proceeds	before	Intended	Use	(Amendments	to	IAS	16);

• 	 Onerous	Contracts	–	Cost	of	Fulfilling	a	Contract	(Amendments	to	IAS	37);

• 	 Reference	to	the	Conceptual	Framework	(Amendments	to	IFRS	3);	and

• 	 Annual	Improvements	to	IFRS	Standard	2018-2020.

The	following	amendments	are	effective	for	the	annual	period	beginning	on	January	1,	2023:

• 	 Classification	of	Liabilities	as	Current	or	Non-Current	(Amendments	to	IAS	1);

• 	 Definition	of	accounting	estimates	(Amendments	to	IAS	8);

• 	 Disclosure	initiative	–	accounting	policies	(Amendments	to	IAS	1	and	IFRS	Practice	Statement	2	Making		

Materiality	Judgements);	and

• 	 Deferred	tax	related	to	assets	and	liabilities	arising	from	a	single	transaction	(Amendments	to	IAS	12		

Income	Taxes).

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 2021	
		
	
		
	
	
	
	
The	Group	is	evaluating	the	impact	of	adoption.	The	Group	intends	to	adopt	the	following	amendment	once		

an	effective	date	has	been	announced:

• 	 Sale	or	Contribution	of	Assets	Between	an	Investor	and	its	Associate	or	Joint	Venture.

4. 

Accounts receivable 

Trade	accounts	receivable

Other	receivables

December 31, 2021

December	31,	2020

	$ 

	$ 

67,359 	$ 

4,645

72,004 	$ 

49,129

3,949

53,078

Trade	 accounts	 receivable	 is	 presented	 net	 of	 expected	 credit	 losses	 of	 $2,359,000	 (December	 31,	 2020	 –	

$2,577,000).

A	continuity	of	the	Group’s	allowance	for	doubtful	accounts	is	as	follows:

Opening	balance

Additional	allowances

Writeoffs

Adjustments

5. 

Inventories

64

Raw	materials

Work	in	progress

Finished	goods

December 31, 2021

December	31,	2020

	$	

2,577

	$	

2,997

214

(6)

494

(25)

						(426)

						(889)

	$	

2,359

	$	

2,577

December 31, 2021

December	31,	2020

	$	

30,731

	$	

19,002

4,206

													1,867

27,530

	 												28,337

	$	

62,467

	$	

49,206

	 Raw	materials	and	changes	in	finished	goods,	and	work	in	progress	recognized	as	cost	of	sales	during	the	year	

amounted	to	$276,850,000	(2020	–	$234,395,000).	In	addition,	during	the	year,	write-downs	in	the	amount	of	

$23,000	were	recognized	(2020	–	reversal	of	write-downs	$4,000).	Inventories	carried	at	net	realisable	value	as	

at	December	31,	2021	were	$1,054,000	(December	31,	2020	–	$821,000).

6.  Prepaid and other assets

Prepaid	expenses

Fair	value	of	derivative

Current	portion	of	long-term	lease	and	note	receivable	(note	7)

December 31, 2021

December	31,	2020

$	

$	

3,121

$	

2,455

180

214

–

232

3,515

$	

2,687

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts) 
 
	
	
	
	
7. 

Long-term lease and note receivable

Concurrent	with	the	disposal	of	the	VPI	product	line	in	2017,	the	Group	entered	into	a	lease	agreement	for	one	

of	its	manufacturing	facilities	in	Italy,	under	which	the	purchaser	will	have	the	use	of	the	plant,	which	includes	

both	the	land	and	the	building,	to	October	2023.	Consideration	was	in	the	form	of	a	lease	receivable,	which	the	

Company	has	determined	meets	the	definition	of	a	finance	lease.

	 The	lease	receivable	is	calculated	based	on	the	present	value	of	the	future	principal	and	interest	cash	flows,	

discounted	at	the	market	rate	of	interest	at	the	lease	inception	date,	determined	to	be	1.15%.	Unless	one	of	the	

Parties	sends	to	the	other	a	twelve	month	prior	written	notice	of	termination,	at	the	end	of	each	six	year	term,	

the	agreement	will	be	automatically	renewed	by	an	equal	period.

Put and call option

The	lease	agreement	includes	a	put	and	call	option	related	to	the	leased	premises,	exercisable	within	60	days	after	

September	30,	2023.	The	call	option	grants	the	purchaser	an	option	to	purchase	the	premises	for	consideration	

equal	to	2,225,000	Euros	(“EUR”)	(approximately	$3,305,000).	The	put	option	grants	HPS	an	option	to	sell	the	

plant	to	the	purchaser	for	consideration	equal	to	the	initial	plant	purchase	price	of	2,225,000	EUR.		Under	both	

the	call	and	put	option	the	plant	purchase	price	will	be	reduced	by	50%	of	the	monthly	rent	installments	received,	

to	 a	 maximum	 of	 375,000	 EUR	 (approximately	 $557,000).	 If	 the	 purchaser	 fails	 to	 complete	 the	 acquisition	 of	

the	leased	premises	upon	the	exercise	of	the	put	option	by	the	Company	and	pay	the	required	consideration,	the	

purchaser	will	pay	500,000	EUR	(approximately	$743,000)	in	liquidated	damages.	Management	has	determined	

that	ownership	of	the	leased	premises	is	reasonably	certain	to	be	tranferred	by	virtue	of	the	put	and	call	options	

and	accordingly	has	accounted	for	the	lease	as	a	finance	lease.	The	put	and	call	options	expire	November	23,	2023.

	 As	at	December	31,	2021	consideration	receivable	consists	of:

December 31, 2021

December	31,	2020

65

Lease	receivable	of	2,083	EUR	(2020	–	2,208	EUR),	with	monthly	lease		

				payments	of	13	EUR,	bearing	interest	of	1.15%	per	annum.						

Gross	cash	entitlement:

Less:	unearned	finance	income

Net	lease	receivable

Less:	current	portion	included	within	prepaid	and	other	assets

	$	

3,057

	$	

(64)

2,993

214

$	

2,779

$	

The	aggregate	amount	of	principal	payments	to	be	received	in	each	of	the	next	two	years	is	as	follows:

2022

2023

$	

3,538

(105)

3,433

232

3,201

214

2,779

2,993

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 2021	
	
8. 

Property, plant and equipment

Property,	plant	and	equipment	comprise	owned	and	leased	assets	that	do	not	meet	the	definition	of	investment	

property.		Carrying	amounts	of	owned	and	right	of	use	assets	are	as	follows:

Property,	plant	and	equipment	owned

Right-of-use	assets	(note	14)

December 31, 2021       December	31,	2020

	$	

$	

25,152 	$	

5,808

30,960 $	

23,648

6,724

30,372

Land

Buildings

Leaseholds	&	
Improvements

Machinery	&	
Equipment

Office	
Equipment

Construction	
in	Progress	
&	Deposits

Total

Cost

Balance	at	January	1,	2020

$	 4,232

$17,724

$	 1,582

$53,028

$	11,075

$	 1,123

$	 88,764

Additions

Effect	of	movements	in		

			exchange	rates

	–

301

325

1,612

489

1,495

4,222

(22)

(46)

(107)

(574)

(106)

–

(855)

Balance	at	December	31,	2020 $	 4,210

$17,979

$	 1,800

$54,066

$	11,458

$	 2,618

$	 92,131

Balance	at	January	1,	2021

$	 4,210

$17,979

$	 1,800

$54,066

$	11,458

$	 2,618

$	 92,131

Acquisition	(note	30)

Additions

Disposal

Effect	of	movements	in		

			exchange	rates

–

	–

–

–

564

–

–

106

–

8

2,067

(671)

–

–

486

1,828

–

–

8

5,051

(671)

(12)

(25)

(41)

(263)

(45)

(93)

(479)

66

Balance	at	December	31,	2021 $	 4,198

$18,518

$	 1,865

$55,207

$	11,899

$	 4,353

$	 96,040

Accumulated	Depreciation

Balance	at	January	1,	2020

$	

Depreciation	for	the	year

Effect	of	movements	in		

			exchange	rates

Balance	at	December	31,	2020 $	

Balance	at	January	1,	2021

$	

Depreciation	for	the	year

Disposal

Effect	of	movements	in		

			exchange	rates

Balance	at	December	31,	2021 $	

Carrying amounts

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

$11,350

$	 1,133

$42,836

$	10,030

$	

779

106

2,456

416

(19)

(80)

(444)

(80)

$12,110

$	 1,159

$44,848

$	10,366

$12,110

$	 1,159

$44,848

$	10,366

$	

$	

816

–

121

–

2,183

(667)

436

–

(10)

(34)

(401)

(39)

$	12,916

$	 1,246

$45,963

$	10,763

$	

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

$	 65,349

3,757

(623)

$	 68,483

$	 68,483

3,556

(667)

(484)

$	 70,888

At	December	31,	2020

$	 4,210

$	 5,869

$	

641

$	 9,218

$	 1,092

$	 2,618

$	 23,648

At	December	31,	2021

$	 4,198

$	 5,602 $	

619

$	 9,244

$	 1,136

$	 4,353

$	 25,152

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)Depreciation	is	recorded	in	the	statement	of	earnings	as	follows:	cost	of	sales	$3,198,000	(2020	–	$3,430,000),	

selling	and	distribution	$nil	(2020	–	$5,000)	and	general	and	administrative	$358,000	(2020	–	$322,000).

Right of use assets

The	Group	leases	many	assets	including	buildings,	vehicles	and	office	equipment.		Information	about	leases	for	

which	the	Group	is	a	lessee	is	presented	below.

Buildings

Vehicles

Office	
Equipment

Total

Balance	at	January	1,	2020

$	

8,503

$	

523

$	

27

$	

9,053

Additions

Disposal

Depreciation

Effect	of	movements	in	exchange	rates

Balance	at	December	31,	2020

Balance	at	January	1,	2021

Additions

Depreciation

Effect	of	movements	in	exchange	rates

	–

–

(1,909)

(407)

343

(15)

(313)

(9)

$	

$	

6,187

$	

529

$	

6,187

$	

529

$	

853

(1,668)

(135)

299

(290)

(3)

–

–

(18)

(1)

8

8

$	

$	

44

(16)

–

Balance	at	December	31,	2021

$	

5,237

$	

535

$	

36

$	

343

(15)

(2,240)

(417)

6,724

6,724

1,196

(1,974)

(138)

5,808

Certain	building	leases	maintained	by	the	Group	contain	renewal	options.	Where	practicable,	the	Group	seeks	

to	include	extension	options	in	new	leases	to	provide	operational	flexibility.	The	majority	of	the	Group’s	lease	

payments	 related	 to	 its	 production	 facilities	 located	 in	 Mexico.	The	 first	 renewal	 option	 commenced	 in	 May	

67

2020,	with	annual	lease	payments	of	$621,000,	and	is	for	a	five-year	term.		The	Group	retains	rights	to	renew	

this	lease	for	3	successive	5-year	periods.	The	Group’s	lease	on	its	second	Mexican	production	facility	expires	

in	March	2023	and	carries	annual	lease	payments	of	$581,000.	The	Group	holds	a	right	to	renew	this	lease	for	

one	four-year	period	following	the	expiry	of	the	current	lease	term.	The	extension	options	held	are	exercisable	

only	by	the	Group	and	not	by	the	lessors.	The	Group	assesses	at	lease	commencement	whether	it	is	reasonably	

certain	to	exercise	the	options.

9. 

Investment in properties

Glen	Ewing	Property

Marnate	Property	(net	of	accumulated	

					depreciation	of	$1,415	(2020	-	$1,360))

December 31, 2021

December	31,	2020

$	

$	

1,044

$	

1,044

2,250

3,294

$	

2,605

3,649

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 2021	
Glen Ewing Property

The	Group	has	a	50%	ownership	interest	in	a	property	in	Georgetown,	Ontario	(referred	to	as	the	Glen	Ewing	

Property).	It	is	a	vacant	plot	of	land	currently	under	environmental	remediation,	and	no	revenue	was	derived	from	

it	in	2021	or	2020.	The	property	is	carried	at	cost.	The	estimated	fair	value	of	the	property	as	at	December	31,	

2021	is	$1,150,000	(2020	–	$1,150,000).	The	fair	value	was	determined	based	on	independent	available	market	

evidence,	with	reference	to	comparable	market	transactions.	The	Group’s	share	of	ongoing	legal,	consulting	and	

remediation	costs	during	the	year	was	$139,000	(2020	–	$121,000).

Marnate Property

The	Group	owns	a	property	in	Marnate,	Italy	(referred	to	as	the	Marnate	Property).	As	part	of	the	sale	transaction	

of	 certain	 of	 the	 assets	 and	 liabilities	 of	 the	 Italian	 company	 in	 2019,	 the	 purchaser	 has	 leased	 the	 Marnate	

Property	for	a	period	of	five	years	at	an	annual	rental	amount	of	90,000	EUR	(approximately	$134,000).	The	

operating	expenses	for	this	property	were	169,000	EUR	(approximately		$251,000)	in	2021	and	202,000	EUR	

(approximately	$307,000)	in	2020.	Depreciation	on	the	facility	was	recorded	in	the	statement	of	earnings	as	

general	and	administrative	expenses	in	the	amount	of	$163,000	(2020	–	$236,000).	The	estimated	fair	value	

of	 the	 property	 as	 at	 December	 31,	 2021	 is	 1,566,000	 EUR	 (approximately	 $2,250,000).	The	 fair	value	 was	

determined	 based	 on	 independent	 available	 market	 evidence,	 based	 on	 comparable	 property	 sales,	 by	 an	

independent	valuator.	

10. 

Investment in joint venture

The	Company	has	a	55%	economic	and	voting	interest	in	Corefficient.	By	virtue	of	the	contractual	arrangement	

with	National	Material	L.P.,	the	other	shareholder	in	Corefficient,	decisions	about	significant,	relevant,	operating	

and	 strategic	 activities	 require	 the	 unanimous	 consent	 of	 both	 parties,	 and	 distributions	 of	 dividends	 and	

68

returns	 of	 capital	 from	 Corefficient	 are	 subject	 to	 unanimous	 Corefficient	 shareholder	 approval.	Accordingly,	

the	Company	jointly	controls	Corefficient	and	has	treated	its	investment	as	a	joint	arrangement.	Corefficient’s	

principal	place	of	business	is	in	Monterrey,	Mexico.	The	carrying	value	of	the	Company’s	interest	in	Corefficient	

is	as	follows:

Cost	of	investment	in	joint	venture

December 31, 2021

December	31,	2020

$	

20,023

$	

20,023

Cumulative	share	of	loss	in	investment	in	joint	venture,	net	of	tax

(3,172)

(3,233)

Cumulative	foreign	currency	translation	differences	related	to	the		

				joint	venture

(3,572)

(3,490)

$	

13,279

$	

13,300

During	the	year	the	Company	made	no	additional	contributions	(2020	–	$nil)	and	recognized	its	share	of	income	

of	$61,000	(2020	–	$153,000).

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)				
Selected	financial	information	relating	to	Corefficient	is	as	follows:

Cash

Trade	and	other	receivables

Inventories	

Other	current	assets

Total	current	assets

Non-current	assets

Total	assets

Current	liabilities

Non-current	liabilities

Total	liabilities

Revenue

Income	for	the	year

December 31, 2021

December	31,	2020

$	

1,741

$	

17,933

3,224

217

3,553

8,155

2,932

89

	$	

23,115

$	

14,729

13,659

	$	

36,774	

$	

	$	

12,905	

$	

–	

	$	

12,905

$	

16,425

31,154

6,508

746

7,254

2021

2020

$	

67,908			

$	

56,605

113

278

Net	 income	 for	 the	 year	 ended	 December	 31,	 2020	 includes	 depreciation	 and	 amortization	 expense	 of	

$2,893,000	(2020	–	$3,118,000),	net	interest	expense	of	$14,000	(2020	–	$62,000)	and	an	income	tax	expense	

of	$nil	(2020	–	$nil)	related	to	Corefficient.		

69

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
11. 

Intangible assets

Intangible	assets

Cost

Technology	
and	Patents

Customer	lists,	
relationships	
and	branding

Externally	
acquired	
software

Total

Balance	at	January	1,	2020

$	

6,241 $	

8,746 $	

6,690 $	

21,677

Additions

Effect	of	movements	in	exchange	rates

Balance	at	December	31,	2020

Balance	at	January	1,	2021

Acquisition	(note	30)

Additions

Effect	of	movements	in	exchange	rates

$	

$	

	–

(122)

–

(87)

713

35

713

(174)

6,119 $	

8,659 $	

7,438 $	

22,216

6,119 $	

8,659 $	

7,438 $	

22,216

1,710

–

(53)

3,374

–

(27)

–

1,016

(1)

5,084

1,016

(81)

Balance	at	December	31,	2021

$	

7,776 $	

12,006 $	

8,453 $	

28,235

Accumulated Amortization

Balance	at	January	1,	2020

Amortization	for	the	year

Effect	of	movements	in	exchange	rates

Balance	at	December	31,	2020

70

Balance	at	January	1,	2021

Amortization	for	the	year

Effect	of	movements	in	exchange	rates

$	

4,545 $	

6,750 $	

4,051 $	

15,346

$	

$	

138

(53)

481

(50)

417

36

1,036

(67)

4,630 $	

7,181 $	

4,504 $	

16,315

4,630					 $	

7,181			 $	

4,504			 $	

16,315

216

(27)

833

(26)

422

(1)

1,471

(54)

Balance	at	December	31,	2021

$	

4,819							 $	

7,988			 $	

4,925		 $	

17,732		

Balance at

At	December	31,	2020

At	December	31,	2021

$	

$	

1,489 $	

1,478 $	

2,934 $	

5,901

2,957			 $	

4,018			 $	

3,528		 $	

10,503	

Amortization	of	$617,000	(2020	–	$342,000)	has	been	recognized	in	cost	of	sales,	$123,000	(2020	–	$131,000)	

has	been	recognized	in	selling	and	distribution	and	$731,000	(2020	–	$563,000)	has	been	recognized	in	general	

and	administrative.

	 None	of	the	intangible	assets	has	been	internally	developed.

	 Research	 and	 development	 expenses	 of	 $945,000	 (2020	 –	 $704,000)	 have	 been	 recognized	 in	 cost	 of	

sales	 in	 the	 consolidated	 statements	 of	 earnings.	 No	 research	 and	 development	 costs	 have	 been	 capitalized		

(2020	–	$nil).

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts) 
12.  Goodwill and impairment testing for cash-generating units

Goodwill

Opening	balance

Addition	(note	30)

Effect	of	movements	of	exchange	rates

Ending	balance

December 31, 2021

December	31,	2020

$	

10,908

$	

11,309

1,422

(114)

–

(401)

$	

12,216				

$	

10,908		

The	Company	conducts	its	annual	impairment	assessment	of	goodwill,	intangible	assets	and	property,	plant	and	

equipment	in	the	fourth	quarter	of	each	year,	which	corresponds	with	its	annual	planning	cycle,	and	whenever	

events	or	changes	in	circumstances	indicate	that	the	carrying	amount	of	an	asset	or	CGU	may	not	be	recoverable.		

The	 Company	 did	 not	 identify	 any	 triggering	 events	 during	 the	 course	 of	 2021	 indicating	 that	 the	 carrying	

amount	of	its	assets	and	CGUs	may	not	be	recoverable,	which	would	require	the	performance	of	an	impairment	

test	for	those	CGUs	which	did	not	contain	goodwill.		

Impairment testing for cash-generating units containing goodwill

The	Company	has	three	subsidiaries	identified	as	CGUs	that	contain	goodwill.	The	CGUs	and	their	respective	

goodwill	balances	are	as	follows:	Delta	Transformers	Inc.	$2,180,000	(2020	–	$2,180,000),	Hammond	Power	

Solutions	Private	Limited	(“India”)	$8,527,000	(2020	–	$8,728,000)	and	Mesta	Electronics	Inc.	$1,509,000.		

	 For	 its	 2021	 annual	 impairment	 assessment	 of	 CGUs	 containing	 goodwill,	 the	 Company	 used	 cash	 flow	

projections	based	primarily	on	its	business	plan	for	the	following	year,	and	projections	for	the	ensuing	four	year	

period.	The	Company’s	business	plan	is	primarily	based	on	financial	projections	submitted	by	its	subsidiaries	in	

the	fourth	quarter	of	each	year,	together	with	inputs	from	customer	teams.	This	plan	is	subjected	to	reviews	by	

various	levels	of	management	as	part	of	its	annual	planning	cycle,	and	is	approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors.	

71

The	values	used	in	the	cash	flow	projections	are	based	on	historical	sales,	internal	growth	rate	assumptions	and	

available	market	data.		

India

Based	on	the	Company’s	projections,	a	five	year	cash	flow	forecast	was	completed	and	discounted	to	present-

value	using	discount	rate	of	20.0%	(2020	–	21.9%).	Through	the	five	year	cash	flow	projections,	the	Company’s	

model	also	incorporated	year	1	sales	growth	rates	of	82.3%,	which	reflects	returning	to	normal	production	

levels	post	the	COVID-19	pandemic	as	well	as	the	manufacturing	of	a	new	product	line	in	India.		The	annual	

sales	growth	rates	for	year	2	to	year	5	are	in	the	range	of	10.5%	–	36.2%	(2020	–	year	1	to	year	5	–	6.0%	–	

80.3%)	based	on	the	CGUs	operating	history	and	strategic	sales	growth	initiatives.	Cash	flows	beyond	the	five	

year	period	have	been	extrapolated	using	terminal	growth	rate	of	8%	(2020	–	8%).		This	was	then	compared	

to	the	carrying	value	of	the	CGU	to	determine	if	there	was	impairment.

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 2021		
Delta

Based	on	the	Company’s	projections,	a	five	year	cash	flow	forecast	was	completed	and	discounted	to	present-

value	using	discount	rate	of	12.3%	(2020	–	12.3%).	Through	the	five	year	cash	flow	projections,	the	Company’s	

model	also	incorporated	year	1	sales	growth	rates	of		19.9%	which	reflects	returning	to	normal	production	

levels	post	COVID-19	pandemic.	The	annual	sales	growth	rates	for	year	2	to	year	5	are	3.0%	(2020	–	year	1	to	

year	5	–	2.4%	–	5.3%)	based	on	the	CGUs	operating	history	and	strategic	sales	growth	initiatives.	Cash	flows	

beyond	the	five	year	period	have	been	extrapolated	using	terminal	growth	rate	of	2%	(2020	–	2%).	This	was	

then	compared	to	the	carrying	value	of	the	CGU	to	determine	if	there	was	impairment.		

Mesta

Based	on	the	Company’s	projections,	a	five	year	cash	flow	forecast	was	completed	and	discounted	to	present-

value	using	discount	rate	of	26.8%.	Through	the	five	year	cash	flow	projections,	the	Company’s	model	also	

incorporated	annualized	year	1	sales	growth	rates	of		304%.	The	annual	sales	growth/contraction	rates	for	

year	2	to	year	5	range	from	15.4%	to	5.0%		based	on	the	CGUs	operating	history	and	strategic	sales	growth	

initiatives.	Cash	flows	beyond	the	five	year	period	have	been	extrapolated	using	terminal	growth	rate	of	3%.	

This	was	then	compared	to	the	carrying	value	of	the	CGU	to	determine	if	there	was	impairment.		

	 Management’s	 approach	 to	 determining	 projected	 revenue	 includes	 consideration	 of	 current	 bookings,	

committed	 product	 line	 expansions	 (for	 which	 no	 additional	 capital	 expenditure	 is	 required),	 consultation	

with	its	salesforce	and	historical	results.	The	Company’s	process	for	determining	projected	gross	margin	rates	

includes	consideration	of	current	pricing	information	from	suppliers	and	historical	gross	margin	rates	realized	

by	the	Company.	The	Company	determines	the	terminal	growth	rate	with	reference	to	published	economic	data	

pertaining	to	the	applicable	industry	and	country	in	which	the	cash	generating	unit	operates.	The	discount	rate	

72

is	determined	with	reference	to	the	cash	generating	unit’s	weighted	average	cost	of	capital.

	 While	management	believes	that	estimates	of	future	cash	flows	and	discount	rates	are	reasonable,	different	

assumptions	regarding	future	cash	flows	or	discount	rates	could	materially	affect	the	outcome	of	the	impairment	

test.	 Management	 believes	 that	 certain	 reasonable	 possible	 changes	 in	 the	 key	 assumptions	 on	 which	 the	

recoverable	amounts	are	based	could	cause	the	carrying	amount	to	exceed	the	recoverable	amount	in	the	India	

CGU.	As	of	December	31,	2021,	a	discount	rate	increase	of	4.8%	or	a	8.2%	lower	terminal		growth	rate	than	the	

assumptions	utilized		would	cause	the	estimated	recoverable	amount	to	be	equal	to	the	carrying	amount	for	this	

CGU	(December	31,	2020	–	a	discount	rate	increase	of	2.1%	or	a	3.5%	lower	terminal	growth	rate).		

	 For	the	Delta	Transformers	Inc.	and	Mesta	Electronics	Inc.	CGUs,	management	believes	that	any	reasonable	

possible	 change	 in	 the	 key	 assumptions	 on	 which	 the	 recoverable	 amounts	 are	 based	 would	 not	 cause	 the	

carrying	amount	to	exceed	the	recoverable	amount.

	 Upon	 completion	 of	 the	 2021	 annual	 impairment	 assessment	 of	 goodwill	 it	 was	 determined	 that	 the		

recoverable	 amount	 of	 the	 CGUs	 exceeded	 their	 respective	 carrying	 values	 and	 no	 impairment	 existed	 at	

December	31,	2021.	

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)13.  Bank operating lines of credit 

The	Group’s	North	American	current	banking	agreement,	which	expires	in	June	2026,	consists	of	a	$50,000,000	

U.S.	revolving	credit	facility.	The	revolving	credit	facility	can	be	drawn	in	U.S.	Prime	borrowings,	Canadian	Prime	

borrowings,	Canadian	Dollar	Offered	Rate	(“CDOR”)	borrowings	or	the	London	Inter-Bank	Offered	rate	(“LIBOR”)	

benchmark	replacement	rate	borrowings.	The	facilities	are	unsecured.				

Interest	on	the	revolving	credit	lines	is	dependent	on	certain	financial	ratios	and	ranges	from	Canadian	bank	

prime	rate	to	Canadian	bank	prime	rate	plus	0.04%	for	the	Canadian	dollar	denominated	revolving	credit	lines	

or,	if	designated,	the	bank’s	CDOR	rate	plus	1.40%	to	1.90%	and	the	Canadian	overdraft	loans	at	Canadian	bank	

prime	rate;	and	from	U.S.	base	rate	minus	1.00%	to	U.S.	base	rate	minus	0.50%	for	the	U.S.	dollar	denominated	

revolving	credit	lines	or,	USD	overdraft	loan	at	USD	prime	minus	1.00%.		

	 The	Group	also	has	a	4,070,000	EUR	unsecured	Euro	facility	that	matures	June	2026	and	may	be	renewed	

in	writing	each	year	to	extend	the	maturity	date	for	the	facility	for	a	further	365	days,	subject	to	approval	from	

the	lender.	The	facility	is	comprised	of	a	3,750,000	EUR	revolver	and	250,000	EUR	overdraft	facility,	as	well	

as	 a	 70,000	 EUR	 letter	 of	 credit	 line.	 The	 revolver	 facility	 bears	 interest	 at	 1.75%	 plus	 the	 relevant	 Market		

Index	(2020	–	plus	margin	of	2.25%,	Euribor	on	December	31,	2021	–	0.499%,	Euribor	on	December	31,	2020	

–	0.499%).

	 Hammond	Power	Solutions	Private	Limited	maintains	an	additional	demand	credit	facility	for	an	unsecured	

working	 capital	 loan	 up	 to	 515,000,000	 INR	 (2020	 –	 375,000,000	 INR)	 consisting	 of	 the	 sub-facilities	 of	 a	

90,000,000	INR	(2020	–	131,000,000	INR)	short-term	working	capital	demand	loan,	a	425,000,000	INR	(2020	

–	244,000,000	INR)	facility	for	bank	guarantees.	The	demand	loan	bears	interest	at	a	MCLR	+	2.5%	and	the	bank	

guarantees	are	at	a	rate	of	1.0%.		As	at	December	31,	2021,	there	was	$nil	Canadian	dollar	equivalent	of	Rupees	

drawn	against	the	working	capital	demand	loan	(2020	–	$nil).	As	at	December	31,	2021	there	was	$4,481	INR	

(2020	–	nil	INR)	drawings	against	the	bank	guarantees.		

	 Based	on	exchange	rates	in	effect	at	December	31,	2021,	the	combined	Canadian	dollar	equivalent	available	

73

across	all	facilities,	prior	to	any	utilization	of	the	facilities	was	$77,788,000	(2020	–	$76,477,000).

	 As	at	December	31,	2021,	the	Canadian	dollar	equivalent	outstanding	under	the	U.S.	dollar	revolving	credit	

facility	was	$14,777,000,	consisting	of	$12,598,000	Canadian	dollars	drawn	and	the	Canadian	equivalent	of	

$2,179,000	U.S.	dollars	drawn	(2020	–	$11,215,000	–	consisting	of	$7,577,000	Canadian	dollars	drawn	and	the	

Canadian	equivalent	of	$3,638,000	U.S.	dollars	drawn).	As	well,	$4,490,000	(2020	–	$4,858,000)	Canadian	dollar	

equivalent	of	Euros	was	outstanding	under	the	Euro	facility,	and	$nil	(2020	–	$nil)	Canadian	dollar	equivalent	of	

Indian	rupees	under	the	Rupee	facility.	Amounts	drawn	on	the	facility	have	been	recognized	as	current	liabilities	

based	on	the	Company’s	anticipated	repayment	plans.

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 2021	
 
14. 

Lease and other long-term liabilities

Lease	liabilities

Contingent	consideration	(note	30)

Current	

Non-Current

Right of use liability maturity analysis –  
contractual undiscounted cash flows

Less	than	one	year

One	to	five	years

More	than	five	years

Total	undiscounted	lease	liabilities

Less:	effect	of	discounting	and	foreign	exchange

Lease	liabilities	included	in	the	statement	of	financial	position

Current

Non-current

December 31, 2021

December	31,	2020

$	

$	

7,980									

$	

9,320

1,509

9,489					

$	

3,128

6,361

–

9,320

2,144

7,176

December 31, 2021

December	31,	2020

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

2,762

5,457

94

8,313

(333)

7,980

2,512

5,468

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

2,719

7,017

705

10,441

(1,121)

9,320

2,144

7,176

Amounts recognized in statement of operations

Year Ended 
December 31, 2021

Year	Ended	
December	31,	2020

74

Interest	on	lease	liabilities

$	

254

$	

330

Amounts recognized in statement of cash flows

Year Ended 
December 31, 2021

Year	Ended	
December	31,	2020

Payment	of	lease	liabilities

$	

2,724

$	

2,650

15.  Commitments

December 31, 2021 December	31,	2020

Capital	expenditure	commitments

$	

483

$	

1,029

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)16. 

Income taxes

Income tax expense

Current tax expense

Current	period

Deferred tax recovery

2021

2020

$	

7,110

$	

7,827

Origination	and	reversal	of	temporary	differences

Decrease	in	tax	rate

(1,071)

35

(1,036)

Total	income	tax	expense

$	

6,074

$	

(924)

1

(923)

6,904

Reconciliation of effective tax rate

2021

2021

2020

2020

$	

15,176

$	

14,062

Net	earnings

Income	tax	expense

Earnings	before	income	taxes

Income	tax	expense	using	the	Company’s		

				domestic	tax	rate

Effect	of	tax	rates	in	foreign	jurisdictions

Decrease	in	tax	rate

Non-deductible	expenses/non-taxable		

39.50%

(12.49%)

0.16%

6,074

21,250

8,394

(2,654)

	34	

39.50%

(12.03%)

0.00%

			income

0.23%

49

0.43%

Reduced	rate	for	active	business	and		

				manufacturing	and	processing	

Losses	for	which	no	deferred	tax	asset	was		

			recognized

Basis	difference	in	subsidiary

Dividend	withholding	tax

Other

(1.81%)

(385)

(2.69%)

(564)

2.29%

0.15%

0.00%

0.55%

487	

(1.40%)

32

–

117

–

6.11%

3.01%

28.58% $	

6,074

32.93% $	

(294)

–

1,281

631

6,904

6,904

20,966

8,282

(2,522)

–

90

75

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 2021	
Unrecognized temporary differences

At	 December	 31,	 2021,	 pre-tax	 temporary	 differences	 of	 $94,347,000	 (2020	 –	 $80,250,000)	 related	 to	

investments	 in	 subsidiaries	 were	 not	 recognized	 because	 the	 Company	 controls	 whether	 the	 liability	 will	 be	

incurred	 and	it	 is	satisfied	 that	 it	will	 not	 be	incurred	 in	the	 foreseeable	 future.	The	tax	 liability	in	the	 event	

the	Company	were	to	sell	these	investments	would	be	$11,793,000	(2020	–	$10,031,000)	based	on	current		

tax	rates.

Deferred	tax	assets	have	not	been	recognized	in	respect	of	the	following	items:

Tax	losses

Basis	difference	in	subsidiary

Financial	interests	deductible	in	a	future	period

Warranty	provisions

Inventory	provisions

December 31, 2021 December	31,	2020

$	

13,529

$	

32,831

3,309

115

434

13,777

31,361

3,381

–

332

$	

50,218		

$	

48,851

The	 tax	 losses,	 financial	 interests	 deductible,	 warranty	 provisions	 and	 inventory	 provisions	 carry	 forward	

indefinitely	and	relate	to	HPS	S.p.A	and	Continental	Transformers	s.r.l.		The	basis	difference	in	subsidiary,	when	

realized,	will	provide	the	Company	a	capital	loss	that	carries	forward	indefinitely.	The	benefit	of	these	items	has	

not	been	reflected	in	the	consolidated	financial	statements	as	it	is	uncertain	as	to	whether	the	Company	will	be	

able	to	utilize	the	deductions.	

76

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)Recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	attributable	to	the	following:

Property,	plant	and	equipment

$	

811

$	

849									 $	

(3,552)					

$					(4,075)									

Assets

Liabilities

2021

2020

2021

2020

4

(555)

(641)

Intangible	assets

Scientific	research	and	experimental		

				development			

Inventories

Long-term	lease	and	note	receivable

Loans	and	borrowings

Employee	benefits

Unrealized	losses	(gains)	on	

					forward	contracts	and	

					foreign	denominated	loans	

					payable/receivable

Provisions	and	tax	reserves

Tax	loss	carry-forwards

Basis	difference	in	subsidiary

Tax	assets	(liabilities)

Set	off	of	tax

Net	tax	assets	(liabilities)

91

44

225

–

1,950

593

274

2,263

2,164

1,339

9,754

44

291

–

2,414

340

201

1,964

2,035

1,448

9,590

(36)

–

(3,402)

–

(159)

(77)

(4)

–

–

(7,785)

7,384

(32)

–

(3,636)

–

(160)						

(71)

(2)

–

–

(8,617)

7,781

(7,384)

(7,781)

$	

2,370																	 $	

1,809									 $	

(401)												 $	

(836)												

77

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 2021Movement	in	temporary	differences	during	the	year	ended	December	31,	2021:

Balance  
December 31, 2020

Recognized in 
retained earnings

Recognized in 
profit or loss

Recognized 
in other 
comprehensive 
income

Balance  
December 31, 2021

Property,	plant	and	equipment

$	

3,226

$	

Intangible	assets

Scientific	research	and		

			experimental	development			

Inventories

Long-term	lease	and		

			note	receivable

Loans	and	borrowings

Employee	benefits

Unrealized	gains	on	

					forward	contracts	and	

					foreign-denominated	loans	

					payable/receivable

Provisions	and	tax	reserves

Tax	loss	carry-forwards

Basis	difference	in	subsidiary

637

(12)

(291)

3,636

(2,414)

(180)

(130)

(1,962)

(2,035)

(1,448)

78

Foreign	exchange

Income	tax	expense

$	

(973) $	

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

$	

(485) $	

(173)

4

66

(234)

464

(254)

(67)

(297)

(129)

109

$	

$	

$	

(996) $	

(40)

(1,036)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

$	

$	

2,741

464

(8)

(225)

3,402

(1,950)

(434)

(197)

(2,259)

(2,164)

(1,339)

(1,969)

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)Movement	in	temporary	differences	during	the	year	ended	December	31,	2020:

Balance 
December 31, 2019

Recognized in 
retained earnings

Recognized in 
profit or loss

Recognized 
in other 
comprehensive 
income

Balance  
December 31, 2020

Property,	plant	and	equipment

$	

3,997

$	

Intangible	assets

Scientific	research	and		

				experimental	development			

Inventories

Long-term	lease	and		

				note	receivable

Loans	and	borrowings

Employee	benefits

Unrealized	gains	on	

					forward	contracts	and	

					foreign-denominated	loans	

					payable/receivable

Provisions	and	tax	reserves

Tax	loss	carry-forwards

Basis	difference	in	subsidiary

Foreign	exchange

Income	tax	expense

767

37

(228)

2,974

(3,123)

(80)

(728)

(1,463)

(1,151)

(1,127)

$	

(125) $	

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

$	

(771) $	

(130)

(49)

(63)

662

709

(100)

598

(499)

(884)

(321)

$	

$	

$	

(848) $	

(75)

(923)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

$	

$	

3,226

637

(12)

(291)

3,636

(2,414)

(180)

(130)

(1,962)

(2,035)

(1,448)

(973)

79

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 202117.  Share capital

(a) 

  Authorized:

Unlimited	number	of	special	shares,	discretionary	dividends,	non-voting,	redeemable	and	retractable.

	 Unlimited	number	of	Class	A	subordinate	voting	shares,	no	par	value.

	 Unlimited	number	of	Class	B	common	shares	with	four	votes	per	share,	convertible	into	Class	A	subordinate	

voting	 shares	 on	 a	 one-for-one	 basis.	Annual	 dividends	 on	 the	 Class	 B	 common	 shares	 may	 not	 exceed	 the	

annual	dividends	on	the	Class	A	subordinate	voting	shares,	no	par	value.

(b)   

Issued:

		9,011,624			Class	A	subordinate	voting	shares	(2020	–	8,966,624)

		2,778,300			Class	B	common	shares	(2020	–	2,778,300)

11,789,924			Total	A	and	B	shares	(2020	–	11,744,924)

December 31, 2021

December	31,	2020

$	

$	

14,879	

$	

14,484

7

7

14,886				

$	

14,491

During	the	year	ended	December	31,	2021,	45,000	Class	A	shares	were	issued	upon	exercise	of	stock	options,	

resulting	in	cash	proceeds	of	$329,000	and	a	transfer	of	$66,000	from	contributed	surplus.	During	the	year	

ended	December	31,	2020	there	were	no	stock	options	exercised.

	 The	following	dividends	were	declared	and	paid	by	the	Company:

34	cents	per	Class	A	subordinate	voting	shares	(2020	–	34	cents)

34	cents	per	Class	B	common	shares	(2020	–	34	cents)

December 31, 2021

December	31,	2020

$	

$	

3,064	

$	

945

4,009	

$	

3,048

945

3,993

80

(c)       Stock option plan

The	Company	uses	a	stock	option	plan	to	attract	and	retain	key	employees,	officers	and	directors.		Shareholders	

have	 approved	 a	 maximum	 of	 1,200,000	 Class	A	 shares	 for	 issuance	 under	 the	 Stock	 Option	 Plan,	with	 the	

maximum	reserved	for	issuance	to	any	one	person	at	5%	of	the	Class	A	shares	outstanding	calculated	immediately	

prior	to	the	time	of	the	grant.	As	per	the	Stock	Option	Plan,	the	Board	of	Directors	may,	at	its	sole	discretion,	

determine	the	time	during	which	the	options	shall	vest	and	the	method	of	vesting,	or	that	no	vesting	restriction	

shall	exist.	The	stock	option	exercise	price	is	the	price	of	the	Company’s	common	shares	on	the	Toronto	Stock	

Exchange	at	closing	for	the	day	prior	to	the	grant	date	on	which	the	Class	A	shares	traded.		The	period	during	

which	an	option	will	be	outstanding	shall	be	7	years,	or	such	other	time	fixed	by	the	Board	of	Directors,	subject	

to	 earlier	 termination	 upon	 the	 option	 holder	 ceasing	 to	 be	 a	 director,	 officer	 or	 employee	 of	 the	 Company.	

Options	issued	under	the	plan	are	non-transferable	unless	specifically	provided	in	the	Stock	Option	Plan.	Any	

option	 granted,	which	 is	 cancelled	 or	 terminated	 for	 any	 reason	 prior	 to	 exercise,	 shall	 become	 available	 for	

future	stock	option	grants.	All	options	are	to	be	settled	by	physical	delivery	of	shares.		

	 There	were	no	options	granted	for	the	year	ended	December	31,	2021,	or	the	year	ended	December	31,	2020.	

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)Options	outstanding	and	exercisable	as	at	December	31,	2021:	

December 31, 2021

December	31,	2020

Number	of	
options

Weighted	
average	
exercise	price

Number	of	
options

Weighted	
average		
exercise	price

Outstanding,	beginning	of	year

190,000

$	

Exercised

Cancelled

Expired

(45,000)

(10,000)

(20,000)

Outstanding,	end	of	year

115,000

$	

6.77

7.30

7.50

7.50

6.36

330,000

$	

–

(10,000)

(130,000)

190,000 $	

7.99

–

6.20

10.00

6.77

Options	outstanding

Options	exercisable

Exercise	price

6.62

6.20

Number	
of	options	
outstanding

45,000

70,000

115,000

Weighted	
average	
remaining	
contractual	life	
(years)

Weighted	
average	
exercise	price

Number	
of	options	
exercisable

Weighted	
average		
exercise	price

0.2

1.2

0.8 $	

6.62

6.20

6.36

45,000

70,000

115,000 $	

6.62

6.20

6.36

Terms and conditions of the stock option plan 

Options	grants	detailed	below	vest	as	follows:		

•	 Options	granted	to	directors	vest	immediately.		

81

•	 Options	granted	to	officers	and	senior	management	vest	evenly	over	two	or	three	years	from	the	grant	date,		

	 with	one-half	of	the	grant	vesting	immediately	for	grants	with	a	two-year	vesting	period,	and	one-third	of	the		

	 grant	vesting	immediately	for	grants	with	a	three-year	vesting	period.		

The	contractual	life	of	the	options	granted	below	is	seven	years	from	the	grant	date.

Option grant date

March	12,	2015

March	10,	2016

Number of 

options Recipients

45,000

Board	of	Directors	and	Officers

70,000

Board	of	Directors	and	Officers

Total	stock	options	outstanding

115,000

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 2021	
(d)     Deferred Share Units

Under	the	Company’s	DSU	Plan,	participants	may	elect	to	defer	compensation	and	receive	DSUs	equal	to	the	

value	 of	 the	 deferred	 compensation.	 The	 first	 DSUs	 were	 issued	 in	 March	 2017.	 The	 number	 of	 DSUs	 was	

determined	by	dividing	the	amount	of	deferred	compensation	by	the	fair	market	value	(“FMV”)	of	DSUs,	defined	

in	the	DSU	Plan	as	the	weighted	average	closing	price	of	HPS	shares	for	the	five	business	days	immediately	

preceding	the	relevant	date.	Upon	the	occurrence	of	the	redemption	event,	which	could	include	ceasing	to	hold	

any	position	in	the	Company	and/or	any	subsidiary	or	upon	death	of	the	participant,	the	affected	participant	will	

be	entitled	to	receive	a	lump	sum	cash	payment,	net	of	applicable	withholding	taxes,	equal	to	the	product	of	

number	of	DSUs	held	by	that	participant	and	the	FMV	on	the	date	of	the	redemption	event.	The	DSUs	do	not	

contain	any	vesting	conditions	or	forfeiture	provisions,	as	they	are	issued	in	exchange	for	deferred	compensation,	

nor	are	they	performance	based.	Under	the	DSU	Plan,	outstanding	DSUs	as	at	the	record	date	are	increased	by	

the	dividend	rate	whenever	dividends	are	paid	to	shareholders.	

	 The	movement	in	DSUs	for	the	years	ended	December	31,	2020	and	2021	is	as	follows:

Balance	at	January	1,	2020

DSUs	issued

DSUs	redeemed

DSUs	forfeited

Balance at December 31, 2020

82

Balance	at	January	1,	2021

DSUs	issued

DSUs	redeemed

Balance at December 31, 2021

Number of 
DSUs

Closing Share 
Price

121,571

$	

65,905

(14,788)

(12,154)

160,534

$	

8.47

6.99

6.24

7.17

8.47

Number of 
DSUs

Closing Share 
Price

160,534

$	

61,799

(20,941)

8.47

9.20

7.41

201,392

$	

11.99

An	expense	of	$1,210,000	(2020	–	$518,000)	was	recorded	in	general	and	administrative	expenses.	The	liability	

of	$2,346,000	(2020	–	$1,360,000)	related	to	these	DSUs	is	included	in	accounts	payable	and	accrued	liabilities.	

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)18.  Earnings per share

The	computations	for	basic	and	diluted	earnings	per	share	from	net	earnings	are	as	follows:	(earnings	in	thousands	

of	dollars)

Basic	earnings	per	share	

Calculated	as:

Net	earnings	attributable	to	the	equity	holders	of	the	Company	

Weighted	average	number	of	shares	outstanding

Fully	diluted	earnings	per	share	

Calculated	as:

Net	earnings	attributable	to	the	equity	holders	of	the	Company	

2021

1.29	 $	

2020

1.20																	

15,176	 $	

14,062

11,778,674

11,744,924

1.28

$	

1.20																	

15,176

$	

14,062

$	

$	

$	

$	

Weighted	average	number	of	shares	outstanding	including	effects	of		

11,824,822

11,748,360

				dilutive	potential	ordinary	shares

Reconciliation	of	weighted	average	number	of	shares	outstanding:

Weighted	average	number	of	shares	outstanding	used	to	calculate				

				basic	earnings	per	share

Adjustment	for	dilutive	effect	of	stock	option	plan

11,778,674

11,744,924

46,148

3,436

Weighted	average	number	of	shares	outstanding	used	to	calculate		

			diluted	earnings	per	share

11,824,822

11,748,360

	 As	at	December	31,	2021,	nil	options	(2020	–	120,000)	are	excluded	from	the	diluted	average	number	of	

83

shares	calculation	as	their	effect	would	have	been	anti-dilutive.

19.  Pension plans

Defined contribution plan

The	Group	has	defined	contribution	pension	plans	that	are	available	to	virtually	all	of	its	Canadian	employees	

with	eligible	employee	contributions	based	on	2.00%	–	6.75%	of	annual	earnings.	The	Group’s	contributions	

of	 $1,748,000	 (2020	 –	 $1,655,000)	 matches	 the	 employee	 contributions.	The	 Group’s	 contributions	 related	

to	 its	 defined	 contribution	 pension	 plans	 are	 recorded	 as	 follows:	 	 $1,313,000	 (2020	 –	 $1,240,000)	 in	 cost	

of	sales,	$216,000	(2020	–	$205,000)	in	selling	and	distribution,	and	$219,000	(2020	–	$210,000)	in	general		

and	administrative.

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 202120.  Provisions

Warranties Site restoration

Benefits Restructuring

$	

229

$	

947

$	

Balance	at	January	1,	2020

$	

620

$	

Provisions	made	during	the		

1,439

199

257

				period

Provisions	used	during	the		

(392)

(225)

				period	

Recovery	of	provisions

Balance	at	December	31,	2020

Balance	at	January	1,	2021

Provisions	made	during	the		

$	

$	

				period

–

1,667

1,667

161

$	

$	

–

231

231

130

$	

$	

61

(60)

–

230

230

142

$	

$	

Provisions	used	during	the		

(110)

(145)

(114)

				period	

Total

1,995

1,757

–

(855)

(1,532)

$	

$	

(92)

–

–

–

–

(92)

2,128

2,128

433

(369)

Balance	at	December	31,	2021

$	

1,718

$	

216

$	

258

$	

–

$	

2,192

Current	portion

Non-current	portion

$	

$	

1,718

–

$	

$	

71

145

$	

$	

61

197

$	

$	

–

–

$	

$	

1,850

342

Warranties 

The	provision	for	warranties	relates	mainly	to	transformers	sold	during	the	years	ended	December	31,	2021	and	

December	31,	2020.	The	provision	is	based	on	estimates	made	from	historical	warranty	data	associated	with	

similar	products	and	claims	experience.	The	Group	expects	to	incur	most	of	the	liability	over	the	next	year.

84

Site restoration

The	Group	has	committed	to	undertaking	a	joint	remediation	plan	for	the	Glen	Ewing	property	with	the	owner	

of	an	adjoining	industrial	property	and	the	co-owner	of	the	property.	The	Group	has	recorded	a	liability	for	its	

estimated	portion	of	the	joint	remediation.

Benefits

The	benefit	provision	relates	to	statutory	pension	and	leave	benefits	related	to	the	India	facility.		Substantially	

all	of	this	benefit	is	long-term.

Restructuring charges

The	restructuring	charges	related	to	severance,	termination	benefits	and	closure	costs	in	respect	of	the	closure	

of	the	Italian	operations.	

	 During	 2020	 the	 cancellation	 and	 closure	 costs	 of	 $855,000	were	 paid	 and	 $92,000	 of	 the	 provision	was	

reversed	into	income	to	bring	the	provision	balance	to	nil.		

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)21.  Sales

Sales	have	been	captured	based	on	the	geography	of	where	the	product	was	sold,	as	follows:	

Canada

United	States	and	Mexico

India

2021

2020

$	

130,184

$	

109,080	

231,738

18,280

198,324

14,693

$	

380,202		

$	

322,097	

As	 at	 December	 31,	 2021	 the	 Group	 had	 contract	 liabilities	 of	 $5,027,000	 (2020	 –	 $204,000)	 included	 in	

accounts	payable	and	accrued	liabilities.

	 As	 disclosed	 in	 note	 30,	 during	 the	year	 the	 Group	 acquired	 Mesta	 Electronics	 Inc.	 (“Mesta”).	 	 From	 time	

to	 time,	 Mesta	 will	 require	 certain	 customers	 to	 advance	 payment	 prior	 to	 the	 satisfaction	 of	 performance	

obligations,	which	generally	occurs	at	a	point	in	time,	upon	the	assumption	of	ownership	of	the	transformer	

ordered	by	the	customer.

22.  Government assistance

The	Government	of	Canada	implemented	the	Canada	Emergency	Wage	Subsidy	program	(“CEWS”)	that	provides	

a	subsidy	of	up	to	75%	of	eligible	remuneration	paid	by	an	eligible	entity	that	experienced	significant	revenue	

declines	due	to	the	COVID-19	pandemic.	In	2020	and	2021,	the	Company	has	qualified	for	subsidy	payments.	

The	 subsidy	 amounts	 relating	 to	 the	year	 have	 been	 recorded	 as	 a	 reduction	 in	 expenses	 as	 follows:	 cost	 of	

sales	 $2,482,000,	 selling	 and	 distribution	 $352,000	 and	 general	 and	 administrative	 $649,000	 for	 a	 total	 of	

$3,483,000.	 In	 2020,	 the	 subsidy	 amounts	 relating	 to	 the	year	were	 recorded	 as	 a	 reduction	 in	 expenses	 as	

85

follows:	cost	of	sales	$5,557,000,	selling	and	distribution	$776,000	and	general	and	administrative	$1,950,000	

for	a	total	of	$8,283,000.

23.  Related party transactions

Related parties 

William	G.	Hammond,	Chief	Executive	Officer	and	Chairman	of	the	Company,	directly	and	indirectly,	through	

Arathorn	 Investments	 Inc.,	 beneficially	 owns	 2,778,300	 (2020	 –	 2,778,300)	 Class	 B	 common	 shares	 of	 the	

Company,	 representing	 100%	 of	 the	 issued	 and	 outstanding	 Class	 B	 common	 shares	 of	 the	 Company	 and	

921,808	 (2020	 –	 1,065,191)	 Class	A	 subordinate	voting	 shares	 of	 the	 Company,	 representing	 approximately	

10.2%	(2020	–	11.9%)	of	the	issued	and	outstanding	Class	A	subordinate	voting	shares	of	the	Company	and	as	

a	result	controls	the	Company.		William	G.	Hammond	owns	all	of	the	issued	and	outstanding	shares	of	Arathorn	

Investments	 Inc.	 Total	 dividends	 paid	 during	 the	 year,	 directly	 and	 indirectly	 to	 William	 G.	 Hammond	 were	

$1,283,000	(2020	–	$1,306,000).

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 2021	
Key management personnel compensation

Key	management	personnel	include	the	Company’s	directors	and	members	of	the	executive	management	team.	

Compensation	awarded	to	key	management	is	as	follows:

Salaries	and	benefits

Share-based	awards

24.  Personnel expenses

2021

$	

$	

3,511						

$	

1,210

4,721				

$	

2020

2,809

518

3,327

2021

2020

Wages	and	salaries

$	

60,492					

$	

57,246					

Group	portion	of	government	pension	and	employment	pension	and		

				employment	benefits

Contributions	to	defined	contribution	plans

15,467

1,748

$	

77,707							 $	

16,636

1,655																			

75,537					

25.  Change in operating working capital

The	table	below	depicts	the	receipt	of	(use	of)	cash	for	working	capital	purposes	by	the	Group:

86

Accounts	receivable

Inventories

Prepaid	expenses	and	other	assets

Accounts	payable	and	accrued	liabilities

Provisions

Settlement	of	derivatives

Foreign	exchange

2021

2020

$	

(18,836)																 $	

(12,705)

(666)

29,349

(369)

(1,952)

402

$	

(4,777)														 $	

10,926				

1,720

(15)

(11,115)

(947)

–

(5,561)

(4,992)				

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)26.  Segment disclosures

The	Company	operates	in	a	single	operating	segment,	being	a	manufacturer	of	transformers.	The	Company	and	

its	 subsidiaries	 operate	in	Canada,	the	 United	 States,	Mexico	and	India.	 Inter-segment	 sales	are	 made	 at	 fair	

market	value.

Geographic	Segments

Sales

Canada

United	States	and	Mexico

India

Property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets – net

Canada

United	States

Mexico

Italy

India

Investment in properties

Canada

Italy

Investment in joint venture

Mexico

Intangibles, net

Canada

United	States

Italy

India

Goodwill

Canada

United	States

India

2021

2020

130,184					 $		

231,738

18,280

380,202		 $	

	109,080

198,324

14,693

322,097

15,091	 $	

8,686

3,439

–

3,744

30,960												 $	

1,044																 $	

2,250

3,294												 $	

15,981

7,767

3,929

75

2,620

30,372

1,044

2,605

3,649

13,279												 $	

13,300

3,856															 $	

3,593			

4,664

–

1,983

10,503 $	

2,180														 $	

1,509

8,527

12,216									 $	

–

8

2,300

5,901

2,180			

–

8,728

10,908		

87

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

	$	

$	

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 202127.  Financial instruments

Fair value

The	fair	value	of	the	Group’s	financial	instruments	measured	at	fair	value	has	been	segregated	into	three	levels.	

Fair	value	 of	 assets	 and	 liabilities	 included	 in	 Level	 1	 are	 determined	 by	 reference	 to	 quoted	 prices	 in	 active	

markets	for	identical	assets	and	liabilities.	Fair	value	of	assets	and	liabilities	included	in	Level	2	include	valuations	

using	inputs	other	than	quoted	prices	for	which	all	significant	inputs	are	observable,	either	directly	or	indirectly.	

Fair	value	of	assets	and	liabilities	included	in	Level	3	valuations	are	based	on	inputs	that	are	unobservable	and	

significant	to	the	overall	fair	value	measurement.

	 The	Group’s	financial	instruments	measured	at	fair	value	consist	of	foreign	exchange	forward	contracts	and	

contingent	 consideration	 issued	 in	 conjunction	 with	 a	 business	 combination.	 The	 forward	 foreign	 exchange	

contracts	have	a	fair	value	of	a	net	asset	of	$89,000	as	at	December	31,	2021	(2020	–	net	liability	of	$1,952,000)	

and	are	included	in	Level	2	in	the	fair	value	hierarchy.	The	contingent	consideration	liability	is	valued	at	$1,509,000	

as	 at	 December	 31,	 2021	 (2020	 -	 $nil)	 and	 is	 included	 in	 Level	 3	 of	 the	 fair	 value	 hierarchy.	 To	 determine	

the	fair	value	of	the	forward	foreign	exchange	contracts,	Management	used	a	valuation	technique	in	which	all	

significant	inputs	were	based	on	observable	market	data.		There	have	been	no	transfers	between	levels	in	2021	

or	2020.	The	gains	and	losses	from	these	contracts	are	grouped	with	foreign	exchange	gain	on	the	statement		

of	operations.

	 The	contingent	consideration	is	comprised	of	two	components:

• 	Employee	performance	–	$1,211,000

	 To	determine	the	fair	value	of	the	contingent	consideration,	Management	calculated	the	present	value	of	the		

	 expected	future	payments	of	four	installments	of	approximately	$316,000,	discounted	using	a	risk-adjusted		

	 discount	rate	of	3.5%.		These	payments	will	be	made	starting	January	2022.		Management	considers	the	risk		

88

	 of	non-payment	to	be	low.	The	estimated	fair	value	would	increase	(decrease)	if:	

° 	

the	risk-adjusted	discount	rate	were	lower	(higher)		

•	 Revenue	achievement		-	$298,000

	 To	 determine	 the	 fair	value	 of	 the	 contingent	 consideration,	 Management	 calculated	 the	 fair	value	 of	 the		

liability	based	on	the	present	value	of	the	expected	payment	and	a	probability	weighted	formula,	discounted		

	 using	a	risk-adjusted	discount	rate	of	2.5%.	The	estimated	fair	value	would	increase	(decrease)	if:	

° 	
° 	

the	risk-adjusted	discount	rate	were	lower	(higher)		

the	ultimate	revenue	achievement	were	lower	(higher)	than	the	initial	probability	weighting	

	 There	have	been	no	transfers	between	levels	in	2021.		

	 The	 carrying	values	 of	 cash	 and	 cash	 equivalents,	 accounts	 receivable,	 bank	 operating	 lines	 of	 credit,	 and	

accounts	payable	and	accrued	liabilities	and	other	liabilities	approximate	their	fair	value	due	to	the	relatively	

short	period	to	maturity	of	the	instruments.	The	lease	receivable	is	valued	at	the	present	value	of	the	future	

receipts	which	approximates	the	fair	value.		

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)	
	
	
	
	
	
Derivative instruments

The	Group	has	entered	into	forward	foreign	exchange	contracts	in	order	to	reduce	the	Company’s	exposure	

to	changes	in	the	exchange	rate	of	the	U.S.	Dollar,	Euro,	Mexican	Peso	and	Indian	Rupee	as	compared	to	the	

Canadian	Dollar.	At	December	31,	2021,	the	Company	had	outstanding	forward	foreign	exchange	contracts	to	

buy	and	sell	the	following	contracts,	all	with	maturity	dates	in	January	2022.		

Buy/Sell

Buy Currency

Selling Currency

Amount of Buy 
Currency

BUY

BUY

BUY

BUY

BUY

EUR

EUR

USD

USD

USD

CAD

USD

CAD

INR

MXN

12,050

5,300

68,500

8,477

14,798

Buy/Sell

Sell Currency

Buying Currency

Amount of Buy 
Currency

SELL

SELL

SELL

SELL

SELL

USD

EUR

EUR

USD

USD

MXN

CAD

USD

CAD

INR

29,000

24,100

10,600

36,500

4,257

Traded  
Rate

1.4390

1.1385

1.2620	–	1.2652

74.7100	–	74.8800

20.530

Traded  
Rate

20.6100	–	20.9530

1.4288	–	1.4391

1.1298	–	1.1385

1.2614

74.4700

	 At	December	31,	2020,	the	Company	has	outstanding	forward	foreign	exchange	contracts	to	buy	and	sell	the	

following	contracts,	all	with	maturity	dates	in	January	2021.

89

Buy/Sell

Buy Currency

Selling Currency

Amount of Buy 
Currency

BUY

BUY

BUY

BUY

BUY

EUR

EUR

USD

USD

USD

CAD

USD

CAD

INR

MXN

11,800

5,700

83,500

8,949

12,657

Buy/Sell

Buy Currency

Selling Currency

Amount of Buy 
Currency

SELL

SELL

SELL

SELL

SELL

USD

EUR

EUR

USD

USD

MXN

CAD

USD

CAD

INR

25,000

23,600

11,400

46,500

4,529

Traded  
Rate

1.5540

1.2210

1.2704	–	1.3099

73.0300	–	74.4800

19.892

Traded  
Rate

19.9260	–	20.1420

1.5541	–	1.5550

1.1846	–	1.2221

1.2702

72.8500

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 2021	 As	at	December	31,	2021	the	Group	has	recognized	a	net	unrealized	gain	of	$89,000	representing	the	fair	

value	of	these	forward	foreign	exchange	contracts,	comprised	of	an	asset	of	$180,000	included	with	prepaid	

expenses	and	other	assets,	and	a	liability	of	$91,000	included	within	accounts	payable	and	accrued	liabilities.		

As	at	December	31,	2020	the	Group	recognized	a	net	unrealized	loss	of	$1,952,000,	comprised	of	obligation	

recognized	within	accounts	payable	and	accrued	liabilities.

Financial risk management:

The	Group	is	exposed	to	a	variety	of	financial	risks	by	virtue	of	its	activities:	market	risk	(including	currency	risk,	

interest	rate	risk	and	commodity	price	risk)	credit	risk	and	liquidity	risk.	The	overall	risk	management	program	

focuses	on	the	unpredictability	of	financial	markets	and	seeks	to	minimize	potential	adverse	effects	on	financial	

performance.	There	were	no	changes	to	types	of	risk	arising	from	the	Group’s	financial	instruments	from	the	

previous	period.

	 Risk	management	is	carried	out	by	the	finance	department	under	the	guidance	of	the	Board	of	Directors.	

This	 department	 identifies	 and	 evaluates	 financial	 risks	 in	 close	 cooperation	 with	 management.	 The	 finance	

department	is	charged	with	the	responsibility	of	establishing	controls	and	procedures	to	ensure	that	financial	

risks	are	mitigated.

Currency risk:

The	Group	operates	internationally	and	is	exposed	to	foreign	exchange	risk	from	various	currencies,	primarily	

U.S.	 dollars,	 Mexican	 Pesos,	 the	 Euro	 and	 the	 Indian	 Rupee.	 Foreign	 exchange	 risk	 arises	 mainly	 from	 U.S.	

dollar	denominated	purchases	in	Canada	and	Canadian	sales	to	the	U.S.	as	well	as	recognized	financial	assets	

and	 liabilities	 denominated	 in	 foreign	 currencies.	The	 Company	 manages	 its	 foreign	 exchange	 risk	 by	 having	

geographically	diverse	manufacturing	facilities	and	purchasing	U.S.	dollar	raw	materials	in	Canada.	The	Company	

90

also	 monitors	 forecasted	 cash	 flows	 in	 foreign	 currencies	 and	 attempts	 to	 mitigate	 the	 risk	 by	 entering	 into	

forward	foreign	exchange	contracts.	Forward	foreign	exchange	contracts	are	only	entered	into	for	the	purposes	

of	managing	foreign	exchange	risk	and	not	for	speculative	purposes.

	 The	following	table	represents	the	Group’s	balance	sheet	exposure	to	currency	risk	as	at	December	31,	2021:		

			U.S.	Dollars					

			Mexican	Pesos

		Euros

							Indian	Rupees

Cash

$	 12,855		 $	

5,928

2021

2020

2021

2,323

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

852

€	

1,072		

€							1,526

10,871

187,323

Accounts	receivable

31,109

20,526

17,650

24,377

443

831

223,097

227,817

Long-term	lease		
		receivable

Bank	operating	lines		
		of	credit

–

–

(1,724)

(4,622)

–

–

–

–

2,083

2,208

(3,072)

(3,074)

–

–

–

–

Accounts	payable

(23,226)

(13,373)

(14,265)

(9,612)

Lease	obligation

(5,967)

(6,836)

Contingent		
				consideration

1,194

–

–

–

–

–

(18)

–

–

(88)

(223,205)

(111,871)

–

(3,504)

(6,317)

–

–

–

Net	exposure

$11,853		 $	

1,623

5,708

15,617

€	

508		

€							1,403

7,259

296,952

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)	
A	one	cent	($0.01)	decline	in	the	Canadian	dollar	against	the	U.S	dollar	as	at	December	31,	2021	would	have	

decreased	 net	 earnings	 by	 $105,000	 and	 increased	 equity	 by	 $149,000.	This	 analysis	 assumes	 that	 all	 other	

variables,	in	particular	interest	rates,	remained	constant.	Inversely,	a	one	cent	($0.01)	increase	in	the	Canadian	

dollar	against	the	U.S.	dollar	as	at	December	31,	2021	would	have	had	an	equal	but	opposite	effect.

	 A	 one	 cent	 ($0.01)	 decline	 in	 the	 Canadian	 dollar	 against	 the	 Euro	 as	 at	 December	 31,	 2021	would	 have	

decreased	net	earnings	by	$46,000	and	increased	equity	by	$8,000.		Inversely,	a	one	cent	($0.01)	increase	in	the	

Canadian	dollar	against	the	Euro	as	at	December	31,	2021	would	have	had	an	equal	but	opposite	effect.

	 A	one	cent	($0.01)	decline	in	the	Canadian	dollar	against	the	Indian	Rupee	as	at	December	31,	2021	would	

have	increased	net	earnings	and	equity	by	$1,000.	Inversely,	a	one	cent	($0.01)	increase	in	the	Canadian	dollar	

against	the	Indian	Rupee	as	at	December	31,	2021	would	have	had	an	equal	but	opposite	effect.

	 A	 one	 cent	 ($0.01)	 decline	 in	 the	 Canadian	 dollar	 against	 the	 Peso	 as	 at	 December	 31,	 2021	would	 have	

decreased	net	earnings	by	$4,000	and	increased	equity	by	$4,000.		Inversely,	a	one	cent	($0.01)	increase	in	the	

Canadian	dollar	against	the	Peso	as	at	December	31,	2021	would	have	had	an	equal	but	opposite	effect.

Credit risk:

Credit	risk	arises	from	the	possibility	that	the	Group’s	customers	and	counter	parties	may	experience	difficulty	

and	be	unable	to	fulfill	their	contractual	obligations.	The	Group	manages	this	risk	by	applying	credit	procedures	

whereby	 analyses	 are	 performed	 to	 control	 the	 granting	 of	 credit	 to	 its	 customer	 and	 counter	 parties	 based	

on	their	credit	rating.	As	at	December	31,	2021,	the	Group’s	accounts	receivable	are	not	subject	to	significant	

concentrations	 of	 credit	 risk.	 	The	 long-term	 lease	 receivable	 is	 subject	 to	 credit	 risk,	 which	 is	 mitigated	 by	

the	security	of	the	related	plant.	The	Company’s	maximum	exposure	to	credit	risk	associated	with	the	Group’s	

financial	instruments	is	limited	to	their	carrying	amount.

	 The	Group’s	exposure	to	customer	credit	risk	is	influenced	mainly	by	the	individual	characteristics	of	each	

91

customer.	However,	management	also	considers	the	factors	that	may	influence	the	credit	risk	of	its	customer	

base,	including	the	default	risk	associated	with	the	industry	and	country	in	which	customers	operate.	

	 Management	has	a	credit	policy	under	which	each	new	customer	is	analysed	individually	for	creditworthiness	

before	the	Group’s	standard	payment	and	delivery	terms	and	conditions	are	offered.	The	Group’s	review	includes	

external	ratings,	if	they	are	available,	financial	statements,	credit	agency	information,	industry	information	and	

in	some	cases	bank	references.	Sale	limits	are	established	for	each	customer	and	reviewed	quarterly.	Any	sales	

exceeding	those	limits	require	approval	from	Executive	management.

	 The	 Group	 limits	 its	 exposure	 to	 credit	 risk	 from	 trade	 receivables	 by	 establishing	 a	 reasonable	 payment	

period.	Many	of	the	Group’s	customers	have	been	transacting	with	the	Group	for	a	number	of	years,	and	none	

of	these	customers’	balances	have	been	written	off	or	are	credit-impaired	at	the	reporting	date.	

In	monitoring	customer	credit	risk,	customers	are	grouped	according	to	their	credit	characteristics,	including	

their	geographic	location,	industry,	trading	history	with	the	Group	and	existence	of	previous	financial	difficulties.

	 An	allowance	account	for	accounts	receivable	is	used	to	record	impairment	losses	unless	the	Group	is	satisfied	

that	no	recovery	of	the	amount	owing	is	possible;	at	which	point	the	amounts	are	considered	to	be	uncollectible	

and	are	written	off	against	the	specific	accounts	receivable	amount	attributable	to	a	customer.	The	number	of	

days	outstanding	of	an	individual	receivable	balance	is	the	key	indicator	for	determining	whether	an	account	is	

at	risk	of	being	impaired.

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 2021	
	 Expected	 credit	 losses	 are	 required	 to	 be	 measured	 through	 a	 loss	 allowance	 at	 an	 amount	 equal	 to	 the	

12-month	expected	credit	losses	or	full	lifetime	expected	credit	losses.		The	Group	has	used	past	due	information	

to	 determine	 that	 there	 have	 been	 no	 significant	 increases	 in	 credit	 risk	 since	 initial	 recognition.	 There	 are	

balances	in	excess	of	30	days	past	due	but	the	Group	does	not	presume	that	credit	risk	has	increased	given	

the	characteristics	of	the	Group’s	customers,	the	industries	in	which	they	operate,	the	customer	payment	track	

records	and	the	nature	of	the	products	the	Group	sells.		

	 During	 the	 year,	 the	 expected	 credit	 losses	 for	 trade	 accounts	 receivables	 decreased	 $218,000	 (2020	 –	

decreased	 $420,000),	 for	 which	 a	 recovery	 (2020	 –	 recovery)	 was	 recognized	 in	 general	 and	 administrative	

expenses.		The	aging	of	accounts	receivable	and	the	related	allowance	is	as	follows:

December 31, 2021

December	31,	2020

Gross

Allowance

Gross

Allowance

$	

48,820							 $	

–								 $	

35,192			 $	

18,716

5,963

864

–

10,461

1,495

864

6,405

3,597

$	

74,363									 $	

2,359					 $	

55,655					 $	

–

–

–

2,577

2,577		

Not	past	due

Past	due	0-30	days

Past	due	31-120	days

Past	due	more	than	120	days

Credit risk:

The	 carrying	 amount	 of	 financial	 assets	 representing	 the	 maximum	 exposure	 to	 credit	 risk	 at	 the	 reporting		

92

date	was:

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Accounts	receivable

Lease	receivable

Carrying Amount

December 31, 2021 December	31,	2020

$	

$	

20,905		 $	

72,004

2,993

95,902		 $	

14,795

53,078

3,433

71,306

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)	 The	maximum	exposure	to	credit	risk	for	accounts	receivable	at	the	reporting	date	by	geographic	region	was:

Canada

United	States

Mexico

Italy

India

Interest rate risk:

Carrying Amount

December 31, 2021

December	31,	2020

$	

25,097		 $	

39,546

1,257

334

5,770

19,711

26,297

1,561

268

5,241

$	

72,004		 $	

53,078

Interest	rate	risk	is	the	risk	that	the	future	cash	flows	of	a	financial	instrument	will	fluctuate	because	of	changes	

in	market	interest	rates.	Financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	with	variable	interest	rates	expose	the	Group	to	

cash	flow	interest	rate	risk.	Changes	in	market	interest	rates	also	directly	affect	cash	flows	associated	with	the	

Group’s	bank	operating	lines	of	credit	that	bear	interest	at	floating	interest	rates.

	 The	Group	manages	its	interest	rate	risk	by	minimizing	the	bank	operating	lines	of	credit	balances	by	applying	

excess	funds	while	maintaining	the	liquidity	necessary	to	conduct	operations	on	a	day-to-day	basis	as	well	as	

actively	monitoring	interest	rates.	A	1%	increase	or	decrease	in	interest	rates	as	at	December	31,	2021	would	

increase	or	decrease	net	earnings	by	approximately	$193,000	(2020	–	$161,000)	respectively.

Commodity price risk:

A	large	component	of	the	Group’s	cost	of	sales	is	comprised	of	copper	and	steel,	the	costs	of	which	can	vary	

93

significantly	with	movements	in	demand	for	these	resources	and	other	macroeconomic	factors.		To	manage	its	

exposure	to	changes	in	commodity	prices,	the	Group	will	enter	into	supply	contracts	with	certain	suppliers,	and	

from	time	to	time	will	enter	into	forward	commodity	purchase	contracts.		As	at	December	31,	2021,	no	forward	

commodity	purchase	contracts	were	outstanding	(2020	–	none).

Liquidity risk:

Liquidity	risk	is	the	risk	that	the	Group	will	not	be	able	to	meet	its	obligations	as	they	become	due.		

	 The	 Group	 manages	 its	 liquidity	 risk	 by	 forecasting	 cash	 flows	 from	 operations	 and	 anticipated	 investing	

and	 financing	 activities.	 Senior	 Management	 is	 also	 actively	 involved	 in	 the	 review	 and	 approval	 of	 planned	

expenditures.

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
The	following	are	the	carrying	amounts	and	related	anticipated	contractual	maturities	of	the	Group’s	financial	

liabilities:

December 31, 2021

Carrying 
amount

1 year or less

1-2 years

2-5 years

Bank	operating	lines	of	credit

$	

19,267		 $	

19,267											 $	

	–

$	

Accounts	payable	and	

					accrued	liabilities

Contingent	consideration

Derivative	liabilities

75,669

1,509

91

75,669

616

91

–

595

–

$	

96,536	 $	

95,643			 $	

595				 $	

–																										

–

298

–

298														

December	31,	2020

Carrying	
amount

1	year	or	less

1-2	years

2-5	years

Bank	operating	lines	of	credit

$	

16,073		 $	

16,073	 $	

–						 $	

Accounts	payable	and	

				accrued	liabilities

Derivative	liabilities

44,227

1,952

44,227

1,952

–

–

$	

62,252

	$	

62,252			 $	

–	 $	

	–

–

–

–

94

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)Reconciliation of movements of liabilities to cash flows arising from financing activities:

The	following	is	a	reconciliation	between	the	opening	and	closing	balances	for	liabilities	arising	from	financing	

activities:

LIABILITIES

EQUITY

Bank	
Operating	
Lines	of	Credit

Lease	
Liabilities

Contingent	
Consideration

Share	
Capital

Retained	
Earnings

Total

Balance	January	1,	2021

$	

16,073	 $	

9,320

$	

-

$	

14,491	

	$	 95,408	 $	 135,292	

Advances	of	bank	operating	

					lines	of	credit,	net

Interest	payments

Exercise	of	stock	options

Cash	dividends	paid

Repayment	of	lease	liability

Total	changes	from	financing	

3,194

(1,301)

-

-

-

–

254

-

-

(2,724)

-

-

-

-

–

-

329

-

-

–

-

-

(4,009)

-

3,194

(1,047)

329

(4,009)

(2,724)

						cash	flows

$	

1,893

$	

(2,470) $	

–

$	

329

$	

(4,009) $	

(4,257)

Other changes

Liability-related	

Interest	expense

Foreign	exchange

Non-cash	additions	to	lease		

			liabilities

Non-cash	additions	to		

			contingent	consideration		

			(note	30)

Total	liability-related	other		

1,301

–

–

–

–

(65)

1,195

–

8

–

–

1,501

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,301

(57)

1,195

1,501

95

			changes

$	

1,301

$	

1,130

$	

1,509

$	

–

$	

–

$	

3,940

Equity-related

Exercise	of	stock	options

Net	income

Total	equity-related	other		

			changes

$	

–

–

–

Balance	December	31,	2021 $	

19,267

–

–

–

7,980

$	

$	

$	

$	

–

–

–

1,509

66

–

–

66

15,176

15,176

$	

$	

66

$	

15,176

$	

15,242

14,886

$	 106,575

$	 150,217

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 2021				
LIABILITIES

EQUITY

Bank	
Operating	
Lines	of	Credit

Lease	
Liabilities

Share	
Capital

Retained	
Earnings

Total

Balance	January	1,	2020

$	

32,697	 $	

11,404

$	

14,491	

	$	 85,339	 $	 143,931	

Advances	of	bank	operating	lines	of	credit

Interest	payments

Cash	dividends	paid

Repayment	of	lease	liability

(16,624)

(917)

–

–

–

–

–

(2,650)

Total	changes	from	financing	cash	flows

$	

(17,541) $	

(2,650) $	

Other	changes:

Liability-related

Interest	expense

Foreign	exchange

Non-cash	additions	to	lease	liabilities

917

–

–

330

(107)

343

Total	liability-related	other	changes

$	

917

$566

$	

Equity-related

Net	income

Total	equity-related	other	changes

96

Balance	December	31,	2020

28.  Capital risk management

–

–

16,073

$	

$	

–

–

9,320

$	

$	

$	

$	

–

–

-

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

14,491

–

–

(3,993)

–

(16,624)

(917)

(3,993)

(2,650)

$	

(3,993) $	

(24,184)

–

–

–

–

1,247

(107)

343

$	

1,483

14,062

14,062

14,062

$	

14,062

95,408

$	 135,292

$	

$	

$	

The	 Group’s	 objective	 is	 to	 maintain	 a	 strong	 capital	 base	 so	 as	 to	 maintain	 investor,	 creditor	 and	 market	

confidence	and	to	sustain	future	business	development.	The	Group	includes	cash,	bank	operating	lines,	long-

term	debt	and	equity,	comprising	of	share	capital,	contributed	surplus	and	retained	earnings	in	the	definition	of	

capital.	The	Group	is	not	subject	to	externally	imposed	capital	requirements	and	there	has	been	no	change	with	

respect	to	the	overall	capital	risk	management	strategy	during	the	year	ended	December	31,	2021.

	 The	following	table	sets	out	the	Group’s	capital	quantitatively	at	the	following	reporting	dates:

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)	
Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Bank	operating	lines	of	credit

Lease	liabilities

Contingent	consideration

Share	capital

Contributed	surplus

Retained	earnings

December 31, 2021

December	31,	2020

$	

20,905

$	

(19,267)

(7,980)

(1,509)

14,886

2,432

106,575

14,795

(16,073)

(9,320)

–

14,491

2,498

95,408

$	

116,042

$	

101,799

29.  Determination of fair values:

A	number	of	the	Group’s	accounting	policies	and	disclosures	require	the	determination	of	fair	value,	for	both	

financial	 and	 non-financial	 assets	 and	 liabilities.	 Fair	 values	 have	 been	 determined	 for	 measurement	 and/

or	 disclosure	 purposes	 based	 on	 the	 following	 methods.	 When	 applicable,	 further	 information	 about	 the	

assumptions	made	in	determining	fair	values	is	disclosed	in	the	Notes	specific	to	that	asset	or	liability.

(a)   Derivatives

The	 fair	 value	 of	 forward	 exchange	 contracts	 is	 based	 on	 valuations	 obtained	 from	 third	 parties,	 based	 on	

observable	market	inputs.

Fair	values	reflect	the	credit	risk	of	the	instrument	and	include	adjustments	to	take	account	of	the	credit	risk	of	

the	Group	entity	and	counterparty	when	appropriate.	

 (b)   Non-derivative financial assets 

The	fair	value	of	the	lease	receivable	is	calculated	based	on	the	present	value	of	future	principal	and	interest	

cash	flows,	discounted	at	the	market	rate	of	interest	at	the	reporting	date.

97

(c)  

Share-based payment transactions

The	fair	value	of	DSUs	is	determined	in	accordance	with	the	DSU	Plan,	which	uses	the	average	closing	price	for	

HPS	shares	for	the	five	trading	days	immediately	preceding	the	relevant	date.

(d)  

Investment properties

The	fair	values	of	the	investment	properties	are	based	on	available	market	evidence	as	determined	by	third	party	

valuators	using	comparable	property	sale	transactions	and	is	considered	to	be	valued	at	Level	3	of	the	fair	value	

hierarchy.		

30.  Acquisition: 

On	July	23,	2021,	Hammond	Power	Solutions	Inc.	completed	the	acquisition	of	Mesta	Electronics	Inc.	(“Mesta”)	

in	the	U.S.,	acquiring	a	100%	equity	ownership.		Mesta	is	involved	in	the	design	and	manufacture	of	standard	

and	custom	active	filter	and	induction	heating	products.	

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 2021	 Mesta’	annual	revenues	for	2019	and	2020	have	ranged	from	approximately	$4,178,000	-	$6,430,000.	The	

Company	will	operate	as	Mesta	Electronics	Inc.,	a	subsidiary	of	HPS.

	 Mesta	not	only	expands	HPS’	U.S.	presence	but	broadens	our	product	offering	and	manufacturing	capabilities	

in	power	quality	solutions.	Management	feels	that	by	building	on	the	strengths	of	both	companies,	this	acquisition	

will	enhance	HPS’	market	share,	and	performance	going	forward.	

	 The	purchase	price	has	been	allocated	as	follows:

Cash

Accounts	receivable

Inventories	and	other	assets

Property,	plant	and	equipment

Intangibles	(note	14)

Goodwill	(note	12)

Assets

Current	liabilities

Total	purchase	consideration

Satisfied	as	follows	(in	thousands	of	dollars):

Cash	

Accounts	payable	

Contingent	consideration

98

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

256

90

556

8

5,084

1,422

7,416

(831)

6,585

5,032

52

1,501

6,585

The	acquisition	was	accounted	for	using	the	purchase	method	whereby	identified	assets	acquired	and	liabilities	

assumed	were	recorded	at	their	estimated	fair	values	as	of	the	date	of	acquisition.		The	excess	of	the	purchase	

price	 over	 such	 fair	value	was	 recorded	 as	 goodwill,	which	 represents	 the	 expected	 synergies	 to	 be	 realized	

from	Mesta’s	complementary	products.	The	goodwill	recognized	is	anticipated	to	be	fully	deductible	for	income		

tax	purposes.

	 The	transaction	includes	a	contingent	liability	component	for	employee	performance	during	the	two	years	

following	the	closing	for	up	to	$1,264,000.	The	liability	has	been	valued	at	$1,205,000	and	is	due	in	quarterly	

installments	of	equal	amounts	payable	to	the	selling	shareholders.

	 The	transaction	includes	a	second	contingent	consideration	component	of	up	to	$1,000,000,	payable	45	days	

after	the	third	anniversary	of	the	closing	date.	This	liability	payment	is	contingent	on	management	achieving	

certain	 revenue	 targets,	 and	 has	 been	 recognized	 at	 $296,000,	 based	 on	 the	 Company’s	 assessment	 of	 the	

likelihood	of	achievement	of	these	targets.

	 Both	contingent	liabilities	have	been	recorded	as	a	liability	as	of	December	31,	2021.

	 The	acquisition	costs	incurred	related	to	this	transaction	during	the	year	were	$174,000	which	were	included	

in	general	and	administrative	expense.

HAMMOND POWER SOLUTIONS NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)Included	in	the	Group’s	consolidated	results	for	the	twelve	months	ended	December	31,	2021,	is	revenue	

of	$1,042,000	and	net	earnings	of	$81,000	recognized	by	Mesta	from	the	date	of	acquisition	to	December	31,	

2021.	If	the	Company	had	acquired	Mesta	effective	January	1,	2021,	the	revenue	would	have	been	approximately	

$1,865,000	 and	 there	 would	 have	 been	 net	 loss	 of	 approximately	 $8,000.	 The	 revenue	 of	 the	 consolidated	

group	would	 have	 been	 approximately	 $381,025,000	 and	 net	 income	 of	 the	 consolidated	 group	would	 have	

been	$15,087,000.

31.  Subsequent events

Joint Venture Ownership Change

As	disclosed	in	note	1,	the	Company	and	and	National	Material	L.P.	(“National”)	have	operated	the	joint	venture	

in	Monterrey,	Mexico	under	the	name	Corefficient	S.	de	R.L.	de	C.V.		Effective	February	28,	2022,	the	Company	

and	National	have	amicably	agreed	to	divide	the	operations.		In	connection	with	the	transaction,	HPS	will	retain	

certain	equipment,	employees,	obligations,	and	other	financial	assets	and	liabilities,	and	National	will	withdraw	

certain	assets	and	capital	in	exchange	for	redeeming	their	ownership	interest.		After	effecting	the	transaction,	

the	Company	will	own	100%	of	the	equity	and	voting	interests	of	Corefficient	and	will	continue	to	operate	the	

entity	as	a	wholly	owned	subsidiary	of	the	Group.		The	operation	will	continue	to	produce	transformer	cores	to	

supply	the	Groups’s	facilities	in	Mexico.		The	Corefficient	name	will	be	retained	by	National.

	 As	 the	 Company	 has	 acquired	 control	 of	 Corefficient,	 the	 transaction	 constitutes	 a	 business	 combination.		

Total	 consideration	 received	 by	 National	 in	 connection	 with	 this	 transaction	 is	 $10,809,000,	 comprised	 of	

inventory	valued	at	$1,705,000	property,	plant	and	equipment	valued	at	$5,589,000	and	a	note	payable	in	the	

amount	of	$3,515,000	repayable	in	six	equal	instalments,	due	monthly	commencing	March	2022.

	 The	 agreement	 calls	 for	 adjustments	 to	 the	 consideration	 in	 respect	 of	 possible	 realization	 of	 certain	 tax	

attributes	by	March	2023.

	 The	 initial	 accounting	 for	 the	 business	 combination	 is	 not	 yet	 complete	 and	 accordingly	 a	 preliminary	

99

purchase	price	allocation	has	not	been	included	within	these	consolidated	financial	statements.		The	Company	

is	evaluating	the	recognition	and	measurement	of	possible	contingent	consideration,	as	well	as	the	fair-value	of	

the	Company’s	ownership	interest	immediately	prior	to	the	transaction,	which	may	involve	the	use	of	third-party	

valuation	specialists.		Accordingly,	certain	disclosures	otherwise	required	under	IFRS	3,	Business	Combinations,	

have	not	been	included	within	these	financial	statements.

Dividends

On	March	4,	2022,	the	Company	declared	a	dividend	of	eight	and	a	half	cents	($0.085)	per	Class	A	subordinate	

voting	 shares	 of	 HPS	 and	 a	 quarterly	 cash	 dividend	 of	 eight	 and	 a	 half	 cents	 ($0.085)	 per	 Class	 B	 common	

shares	of	HPS	payable	on	March	24,	2022	to	shareholders	of	record	at	the	close	of	business	on	March	16,	2022.		

The	ex-dividend	date	is	March	18,	2022.	

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (tabular amounts in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)ANNUAL REPORT 2021	
Mexico 
Corefficient, S. de R.L. de C.V.
Ave.	Avante	#840	
Parque	Industrial	Guadalupe	
Guadalupe,	Nuevo	León,	México	
C.P.	67190	

United States 
Hammond Power Solutions, Inc.
1100	Lake	Street
Baraboo,	Wisconsin		53913

17715	Susana	Road
Compton,	California		90224

6550	Longley	Lane,	Suite	135
Reno,	Nevada	89511

Mesta Electronics, Inc.
11020	Parker	Drive,	
North	Huntington,	Pennsylvania	15642

HPS Offices, Manufacturing Facilities  
and Warehouse Locations

Canada 
Hammond Power Solutions Inc.

Corporate	Head	Office
595	Southgate	Drive
Guelph,	Ontario		N1G	3W6

15	Industrial	Road
Walkerton,	Ontario		N0G	2V0

10	Tawse	Place
Guelph,	Ontario		N1H	6H9

Delta Transformers Inc.
795	Industriel	Boul.
Granby,	Quebec		J2G	9A1

3850	place	de	Java
Suite	200
Brossard,	Québec	J4Y	0C4

100

India 
Hammond Power Solutions  
Private Limited 
2nd	Floor
Icon	Plaza,	H.	No.	5-2/222/IP/B
Allwyn	X-Roads
Miyapur,	Hyderabad	–	500049

Italy 
Hammond Power Solutions S.p.A.
Via	Amedeo	Avogadro	26
10121	Torino,	Italy
at	R	&	P	Legal

Mexico 
Hammond Power Solutions S.A.  
de C.V. 
Ave.	Avante	#810
Parque	Industrial	Guadalupe
Guadalupe,	Nuevo	Leon,	C.P.	67190
Monterrey,	Mexico

Ave.	Avante	#900
Parque	Industrial	Guadalupe
Guadalupe,	Nuevo	Leon,	C.P.	67190
Monterrey,	Mexico

Annual General Meeting of Shareholders to be held:	
Thursday	May	12,	2022

1:30	p.m.	(EASTERN	STANDARD	TIME)

Via	teleconference

Audio	Conference	Details:

Calling	from	Canada	or	the	United	States:		

1-800-207-0148	United	States,	Brooklyn	and	International	1-646-828-8082		

Participant	Code:	610283

HAMMOND	POWER	SOLUTIONS	

	
Corporate Information

Corporate Officers and
Directors

Stock Exchange Listing
Toronto	Stock	Exchange	(TSX)

Trading	Symbol:	HPS.A

William	G.	Hammond	*
Chairman	of	the	Board	and

Chief	Executive	Officer

Richard	C.	Vollering
Corporate	Secretary	and		

Chief	Financial	Officer

Grant	C.	Robinson	*+
Director

David	J.	FitzGibbon	*+
Director

Dahra	Granovsky	*+
Director

Fred	M.	Jaques	*+
Director

Anne	Marie	Turnbull	*+
Director

David	M.	Wood	*+

Director

*	Corporate	Governance	Committee	
+	 Audit	and	Compensation	Committee

Registrar and Transfer Agent
Computershare	Investor	Share		

				Services	Inc.

100	University	Avenue

Toronto,	Ontario		

Canada	M5J	2Y1

Auditors
KPMG	LLP	

115	King	Street	South

Waterloo,	Ontario		N2J	5A3

Legal Representation

Dentons	Canada	LLP

77	King	Street	West,	Suite	400

Toronto	Dominion	Centre

Toronto,	Ontario		M5K	0A1	

Banking Institution
JP	Morgan	Chase

Bank	N.A.	66	Wellington	Street	West,		

Suite	4500

Toronto,	Ontario	M5K	1E7	

Investor Relations
Contact:	 	David	Feick,		

Investor	Relations

Phone:	 519.822.2441	x453

Email:	

ir@hammondpowersolutions.com

The Hammond Museum of Radio		
is	one	of	North	America’s		

101

premiere	wireless	museums.		

It	is	home	to	thousands	of		

receivers	and	transmitters		

dating	back	to	the	turn	of		

the	century.	The	museum		

is	open	regular	business		

hours	Monday	to	Friday;		

evenings	and	weekends		

by	special	appointment.		

Tours can be arranged by calling:  

(519) 822-2441 x 590

ANNUAL	REPORT	2021

DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED	
	
	
	
	
HAMMONDPOWERSOLUTIONS.COMYOU DON’T KNOW WHAT’S GOING TO HAPPEN IN BUSINESS A YEAR FROM NOW... SO YOU HAVE TO BE FLEXIBLE AND ADAPTABLE, AND THAT’S WHAT WE TRY TO DO